WO2019158033A1 - Policy control method, equipment and system - Google Patents

Policy control method, equipment and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019158033A1
WO2019158033A1 PCT/CN2019/074804 CN2019074804W WO2019158033A1 WO 2019158033 A1 WO2019158033 A1 WO 2019158033A1 CN 2019074804 W CN2019074804 W CN 2019074804W WO 2019158033 A1 WO2019158033 A1 WO 2019158033A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network element
usage
psa
urr
management network
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/074804
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
丁辉
时书锋
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2019158033A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019158033A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L12/00Data switching networks
    • H04L12/02Details
    • H04L12/14Charging, metering or billing arrangements for data wireline or wireless communications
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L12/00Data switching networks
    • H04L12/02Details
    • H04L12/14Charging, metering or billing arrangements for data wireline or wireless communications
    • H04L12/1403Architecture for metering, charging or billing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/10Flow control between communication endpoints
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/24Accounting or billing

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a policy control method, device, and system.
  • an amount of real-time network control mechanism for regulating the amount of resources may be employed.
  • the usage monitoring can monitor one or a group of service data flows, and can also monitor the service data flow on the entire protocol data unit (PDU) session, and is not limited.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the service data stream can be monitored or monitored on a PDU Session Anchor (PSA) included in the PDU session. .
  • PSA PDU Session Anchor
  • the existing 5G system only supports the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance on one PSA included in the PDU session, and does not support simultaneous execution on multiple PSAs included in the PDU session.
  • the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance is not limited to one PSA included in the PDU session.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, device, and system, so as to implement performing usage monitoring on the same usage monitoring instance on multiple PSAs.
  • the embodiment of the present application adopts the following technical solutions.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, where the method is performed by a session management network element, and a PDU session managed by the session management network element includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element A PSA sends a first usage report rule (Usage Report Rule, URR) corresponding to a monitoring key, and the method may include: receiving a Policy and Charging Control (PCC) from the policy control network element.
  • PCC Policy and Charging Control
  • the session management network element receives the policy.
  • the PDR and the URR corresponding to the monitoring key are sent, so that other PSAs perform usage monitoring according to the PDR and the URR.
  • the usage monitoring of the same usage monitoring instance corresponding to the same monitoring key is performed on multiple PSAs.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, where the method is performed by a session management network element, where a PDU session managed by the session management network element includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element A PSA sends a first URR corresponding to the first monitoring key, and the method may include: the session management network element receiving the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the policy for indicating that the PCC rule is executed on the second PSA.
  • the policy control information of the information, the PCC rule carries a first monitoring key; the session management network element sends a first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA.
  • the session management network element receives the policy. Controlling, by the network element, the policy control information that carries the PCC rule and the information for indicating the policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the other PSAs included in the PDU session, the monitoring key carried according to the PCC rule, and the policy control information included.
  • the information indicating that the policy corresponding to the PCC rule is executed on the other PSAs is sent to the other PSAs of the PDU session and the URR corresponding to the monitoring key, so that other PSAs perform usage monitoring according to the PDR and the URR, thus implementing The usage monitoring of the same usage monitoring instance corresponding to the same monitoring key is performed on multiple PSAs.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the session management network element, packet detection information of the first PDR according to the service data flow template in the PCC rule, and determining a second URR for the first monitoring key; wherein the first PDR includes the identifier of the second URR .
  • the session management network element sends the PDR and the URR to the second PSA, the PDR is determined according to the PCC rule, and the URR is determined for the first monitoring key, so that the PDR is associated with the URR.
  • the first usage monitoring instance is an instance of the traffic data flow level usage monitoring, and thus, the foregoing scheme can be implemented in multiple PSAs. Perform usage monitoring on the same business data flow level usage monitoring instance.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, where the method is performed by a session management network element, and a PDU session managed by the session management network element includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element A PSA sends a first URR corresponding to the first monitoring key, where the first monitoring key corresponds to a session-level usage monitoring instance;
  • the method may include: the session management network element receives policy control information from the policy control network element, where the policy control information is used Instructing to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA, or to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs included in the PDU session; the session management network element sends a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, where The second URR is associated with at least one Packet Detection Rule (PDR) performed by the second PSA, and the service data matched by each PDR is included in the session level usage monitoring.
  • PDR Packet Detection Rule
  • the PDU session includes multiple PSAs
  • the session management network element has sent the URR corresponding to the monitoring key corresponding to the session-level usage monitoring instance to a PSA included in the PDU session.
  • the session management network element receives policy control sent by the network control network element to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on other PSAs included in the PDU session or is used to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs included in the PDU session.
  • the information sends a new URR corresponding to the monitoring key corresponding to the session-level usage monitoring instance to the other PSAs of the PDU session, so that the other PSAs perform according to the URR and the at least one PDR associated with the URR.
  • the usage monitoring in this way, enables the usage monitoring of the same session level usage monitoring instance in multiple PSAs.
  • the method before the session management network element sends the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, the method further includes: the session management network element is the first monitoring key. Determine the second URR. In this manner, before the session management network element sends the second URR corresponding to the second monitoring key to the second PSA, the session management network element itself determines the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key.
  • the policy control information sent by the policy control network element further includes: the first usage of the first monitoring key a threshold and a first indication indicating that the first usage threshold is not used to cover a usage threshold of the first monitoring key received before the session management network element; the session management network element determines a second URR for the first monitoring key, specifically: a session The management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the first usage threshold.
  • the policy control network element can re-allocate the usage threshold of the first monitoring key for the second PSA by using the policy control information, so that after the session management network element receives the policy control information, the first control network element sends the first new one according to the policy.
  • the usage threshold of the monitoring key determines the second URR of the first monitoring key.
  • the session management network element determines a second URR for the first monitoring key, specifically: a session management network.
  • the session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA;
  • the session management network element determines the available usage threshold according to the cumulative usage of the first URR;
  • the management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the available usage threshold. In this manner, the session management network element may determine the usage threshold of the second URR according to the available usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key, and send the second URR to the second PSA.
  • the session management network element determines a second URR for the first monitoring key, specifically: the session management network.
  • the element determines whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key; if there is a remaining usage threshold, the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the remaining usage threshold; or;
  • the session management network element requests the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR; the session management network element receives the accumulated usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA; and the session management network element uses the cumulative usage of the first URR according to the usage.
  • the available usage threshold is determined and the usage threshold for the second URR is determined based on the available usage threshold.
  • the session management network element may determine the usage threshold of the second URR according to the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key, and send the second URR to the second PSA, or the remaining one corresponding to the first monitoring key.
  • the usage threshold of the second URR is determined according to the available usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key, and the second URR is delivered to the second PSA.
  • the method further includes: the session management network element updates the usage threshold of the first URR according to the available usage threshold; the session management network The element sends the updated first URR to the first PSA. In this manner, the session management network element may re-adjust the usage threshold of the first URR according to the available usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key.
  • the available usage threshold is the number of the session management network element received from the policy management network element. The difference between the usage threshold of a monitoring key and the cumulative usage of the first URR received by the session management network element.
  • the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the first monitoring key; the session management network element is The first monitoring key determines the second URR. Specifically, the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the second usage threshold. In this manner, the usage threshold of the first monitoring key may be re-issued by the policy control network element, so that the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the usage threshold of the first monitoring key, and sends the usage threshold to the second PSA. . It should be noted that, in the ninth possible design, the session management network element may further update the usage threshold of the first URR according to the second usage threshold, and deliver the updated first URR to the first PSA.
  • the method further includes: the session management network element requests the first PSA to report the first The cumulative usage of a URR receives the accumulated usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA; the session management network element sends a message to the policy control network element, wherein the message carries the indication of adding the second PSA and the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key The information, the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the first URR.
  • the policy control network element re-delivers the usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key according to the usage quota of the usage quota and the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key.
  • the session management network element sends the first PDR and the first corresponding to the PCC rule to the second PSA.
  • the method further includes: the session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the PDU session, and the session management network element reports the accumulation of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element.
  • the usage amount of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by any PSA; or the session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the PDU session, and the session management network element determines whether there is any The remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key; if there is a remaining usage threshold, the session management network element updates the usage threshold of the URR reported by any PSA according to the remaining usage threshold; if there is no remaining usage threshold The session management network element reports the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element; wherein, the first monitoring key is tired Includes any amount of the accumulated amount of PSA URR report, either of a first PSA is a PSA or the second PSA.
  • the session management network element After receiving the cumulative usage of the URR reported by the PSA, the session management network element sends the cumulative usage of the monitoring key corresponding to the URR to the policy control network element, so that the policy control network element re-issues the usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key. Or, according to the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key, the URR usage threshold is adjusted, and the adjusted URR is re-issued to the PSA, and the cumulative usage of the monitoring key corresponding to the URR is not required to be reported to the policy control network. To reduce the power consumption of the network element by using the lowering policy, or to send the cumulative usage of the monitoring key corresponding to the URR to the policy control network element for policy control if the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key does not exist. The network element re-issues the usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key.
  • the method further includes: the session management network element
  • the policy control network element sends the identifier of any PSA.
  • the identifier of the PSA is used to identify the PSA, so that the policy control network element can know which PSA is reported to be used, and provide a reference for the policy control network element to subsequently develop a monitoring policy.
  • the remaining usage threshold is received by the session management network element from the policy management network element. There is no usage threshold assigned to the URR in the usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, where the method is performed by a policy control network element, where the policy control network element determines that a PDU session includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the policy control network element determines the first PSA.
  • the method further includes: determining to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA; and sending the PCC rule to the session management network element Policy control information; wherein the PCC rule carries a first monitoring key, and information for indicating a policy corresponding to the PCC rule being executed on the second PSA.
  • the policy control network element determines the PDU according to the policy control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, in a case that the PDU session includes multiple PSAs, and the PSA performs the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key.
  • the other PSAs included in the session also perform the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance, and send the policy control information carrying the PCC rules to the session management network element, so that the session management network element carries the monitoring key carried by the PCC rule and the PCC rule.
  • the information indicating the policy corresponding to the PCC rule is performed on the other PSAs, and the PDR corresponding to the monitoring key is sent to the other PSAs of the PDU session, so that other PSAs perform usage monitoring according to the PDR and the URR, thereby realizing more The PSAs perform usage monitoring of the same usage monitoring instance corresponding to the same monitoring key.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, where the method is performed by a policy control network element, where the policy control network element determines that a PDU session includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the policy control network element determines the first PSA.
  • the method further includes: determining to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA; and sending the PCC rule to the session management network element, And policy control information for indicating information for executing a policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the second PSA; wherein the PCC rule carries the first monitoring key.
  • the policy control network element determines the PDU according to the policy control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, in a case that the PDU session includes multiple PSAs, and the PSA performs the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key.
  • the other PSAs included in the session also perform the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance, and send the policy control information carrying the PCC rule and the information for indicating the policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the other PSA for the session management network element, so that the session is
  • the management network element sends the PDR and the URR corresponding to the monitoring key to other PSAs of the PDU session according to the monitoring key carried in the PCC rule and the information indicating the policy corresponding to the execution of the PCC rule on the other PSA, so that the other
  • the PSA performs usage monitoring based on the PDR and the URR, and implements usage monitoring of the same usage monitoring instance corresponding to the same monitoring key in multiple PSAs.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, where the method is controlled by a policy control network element, where the policy control network element determines that a PDU session includes a first PDU session anchor point PSA and a second PSA, and the policy control network element Determining the usage monitoring of the session-level usage monitoring instance corresponding to the first monitoring key on the first PSA; the method includes: determining to perform session-level usage monitoring on the second PSA; and sending the indication to the session management network element for indicating the second PSA Perform session level usage monitoring or policy control information indicating that session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs included in the PDU session.
  • the policy control network element determines the PDU according to the policy control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, in a case that the PDU session includes multiple PSAs, and the PSA performs the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key.
  • the other PSAs included in the session also perform usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance, and send to the session management network element to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on other PSAs included in the PDU session or to indicate all PSAs included in the PDU session.
  • the policy control information is performed on the session-level usage monitoring, so that the session management network element sends a new URR corresponding to the monitoring key corresponding to the session-level usage monitoring instance to the other PSAs of the PDU session according to the indication of the policy control information, so that The other PSA performs usage monitoring according to the URR and at least one PDR associated with the URR, and implements monitoring of the usage of the same session-level usage monitoring instance in multiple PSAs.
  • the policy control information further includes: a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate The usage threshold is not used to cover the usage threshold of the first monitoring key provided to the session management network element before the policy control network element.
  • the policy control network element may re-allocate the usage threshold of the first monitoring key for the second PSA by using the policy control information, so that after the session management network element receives the policy control information, the first monitoring is automatically performed according to the policy.
  • the usage threshold of the key determines the second URR of the first monitoring key.
  • the first usage threshold is based on a usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user, a cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance, and a policy.
  • the usage threshold of the first monitoring key that has been delivered by the control network element is determined.
  • the policy control information further includes: the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the second monitoring key; and the policy control network element Before the session management network element sends the policy control information, the method further includes: the policy control network element receives the message sent by the session management network element, where the message carries the indication of adding the second PSA and the accumulated usage of the first monitoring key.
  • the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by the first PSA.
  • the policy control network element may re-deliver the usage threshold of the first monitoring key according to the usage quota of the usage quota and the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key, so that the session management network element determines the usage threshold according to the usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered.
  • the threshold of the second URR is used and issued to the second PSA.
  • the method further includes: the policy control network element receives the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key reported by the session management network element, where the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the PDU session.
  • the policy control network element may re-issue the usage threshold of the first monitoring key according to the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key reported by the session management network element.
  • the method further comprises: the policy control network element receiving the identity of any of the PSAs.
  • the identifier of the PSA is used to identify the PSA, so that the policy control network element can know which PSA is reported to be used, and provide a reference for the policy control network element to subsequently develop a monitoring policy.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a session management network element, where a PDU session managed by the session management network element includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element sends a first monitoring key corresponding to the first PSA.
  • the first URR, the session management network element can implement the functions performed by the session management network element in the above aspects or in each possible design, and the functions can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the session management network element may include: a receiving unit, and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive policy control information from the policy control network element; wherein the policy control information includes a PCC rule; the PCC rule carries a first monitoring key, and is used to indicate that the PCC is executed on the second PSA.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive policy control information from the policy control network element, where the policy control information includes a PCC rule and information for indicating a policy corresponding to the PCC rule being executed on the second PSA;
  • the rule carries a first monitoring key
  • the sending unit is configured to send, to the second PSA, a first packet detection rule PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key.
  • the first monitoring key corresponds to the session-level usage monitoring instance
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive from the policy control network element to indicate that the session-level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA, or is used to indicate that a policy control information for performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the PDU session;
  • a sending unit configured to send a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, where the second URR and the second PSA perform at least one
  • the packet detection rule is associated with the PDR, and the service data matched by each PDR is included in the session level usage monitoring.
  • the specific implementation manner of the session management network element may refer to the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or the policy control method provided by any one of the possible designs of the first possible design to the thirteenth possible design.
  • the behavior of the session management network element is not repeated here.
  • the provided session management network element can achieve the same benefits as any of the possible aspects of the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or the first possible design to the thirteenth possible design.
  • a session management network element including: a processor and a memory; the memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, and when the session management network element is running, the processor executes the computer execution instruction stored by the memory a policy control method for causing the session management network element to perform any of the possible designs of the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or the first possible design to the thirteenth possible design .
  • a ninth aspect a computer readable storage medium having instructions stored therein that, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or
  • the first possible design is to any of the possible designs in the thirteenth possible design of the strategy control method described.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or the first possible design to the thirteenth Any of the possible designs may be designed to describe the policy control method.
  • a chip system comprising a processor and a communication interface, configured to support a session management network element to implement functions involved in the foregoing aspects, for example, supporting a session management network element to receive a policy control network element.
  • the policy control information including the PCC rule or the policy control information including the PCC rule and the information indicating the policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the second PSA, and the first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule is sent to the second PSA through the communication interface.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and data necessary for the session management network element.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a policy control network element determines that a PDU session includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the policy control network element determines that the first usage amount corresponding to the first monitoring key is performed on the first PSA.
  • the policy control network element has the function of implementing the policy control network element in the method described in the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the policy control network element may include: a determining unit, a sending unit;
  • the determining unit is configured to determine to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA; the sending unit is configured to send policy control information including the PCC rule to the session management network element; wherein, the PCC rule Carrying a first monitoring key, and information indicating a policy corresponding to the execution of the PCC rule on the second PSA.
  • the determining unit is configured to determine to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA; the sending unit is configured to send the PCC rule to the session management network element, and to indicate the second The policy control information of the information of the policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the PSA; wherein the PCC rule carries the first monitoring key.
  • the determining unit is configured to determine to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA; the sending unit is configured to send, to the session management network element, to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA, or Policy control information indicating that session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs included in the PDU session.
  • the policy control network element For a specific implementation manner of the policy control network element, reference may be made to the behavior function of the policy control network element in the policy control method provided by the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, and details are not repeatedly described herein. Therefore, the provided policy control network element can achieve the same beneficial effects as the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • a policy control network element including: a processor and a memory; the memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, and when the policy control network element is running, the processor executes the computer execution of the memory storage
  • the instructions are such that the policy control network element performs the policy control method as described in the above fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • a computer readable storage medium having stored therein instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the fourth aspect or the fifth or sixth aspect described above The policy control method described.
  • a fifteenth aspect a computer program product comprising instructions, which when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the policy control method of any of the above fourth aspect or the fifth or sixth aspect .
  • a chip system includes a processor and a communication interface, and is configured to support a policy control network element to implement functions involved in the foregoing aspects, for example, supporting a policy control network element to determine on the second PSA. Performing the monitoring of the usage of the first usage monitoring instance, and transmitting the policy control information including the PCC rule to the session management network element through the communication interface, or including the PCC rule, and the policy for indicating that the PCC rule is executed on the second PSA.
  • the policy control information of the information; or the support policy control network element determines to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA, and sends to the session management network element through the communication interface to indicate that the session level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA, or Policy control information for indicating session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the PDU session.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and data necessary for the policy control network element.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a policy control system comprising the session management network element according to any one of the seventh aspect to the eleventh aspect, The policy controls the network element and at least two PSAs.
  • FIG. 1 is a system architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a 5G system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a policy control method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 4a is a flowchart of a PSA reporting cumulative usage provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of still another method for controlling a policy according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of still another method for controlling a policy according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of still another method for controlling a policy according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of still another method for controlling a policy according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a session management network element according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a structural diagram of a policy control network element according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Usage monitoring Monitors the usage of network resources, such as monitoring the traffic of a service data stream, monitoring the usage of a group of service data flows, and even measuring the usage of all service data flows in a PDU session. Monitoring, no restrictions.
  • the user can sign a usage monitoring protocol with the operator.
  • the usage monitoring protocol specified by the user specifies the type of service data flow to be monitored and the volume limit or time limit for which the contract is used. For example, the user signs the service with the operator. When the protocol is used, the operator can select a separate usage monitoring of the network resources when accessing the Sohu video, and sign 1G traffic for accessing Sohu video.
  • the usage may refer to a traffic volume (Volumn), and may also refer to a time time, which is not limited.
  • the usage monitoring may be divided into two types of usage monitoring: service data flow level usage monitoring and session level usage monitoring according to different monitoring network resources monitored by usage.
  • Monitoring control instance includes user-contracted monitoring of usage of a service data flow, monitoring of a set of service data flows, and even monitoring of all service data flows in a PDU session.
  • the requirements and the signing information signed for this demand which regulates the scope of the monitored business data flow, and the corresponding contract information, such as the usage limit.
  • users can log in to Sohu video and sign 1G traffic for accessing Sohu video as an example of usage monitoring. They can also sign user access to Sina video and Sohu video, as well as access to Sina video and Sohu video.
  • the 1.5G traffic is used as an example of usage monitoring.
  • the usage monitoring instance can be divided into two levels of usage monitoring examples: a service data flow level usage monitoring instance and a session level usage monitoring instance.
  • the same usage monitoring instance can be assigned a monitoring key monitoring key, that is, an usage monitoring instance corresponds to a monitoring key.
  • the policy control function (PCF) can formulate corresponding policy control information according to the subscription information corresponding to the usage monitoring instance, and use the policy control information to monitor the usage of the user's service access.
  • the PCC rule is defined by the PCF and may include a service data flow template, where the service data flow template may include control information for service data flow detection, and may also include control information for service data flow charging, traffic steering, etc., not limit.
  • the PCF can issue a PCC rule to the Session Management Function (SMF).
  • the SMF determines the PDR, the QoS Enforcement Rule (QER), and the Forwarding Action Rule (FAR) according to the PCC rules. rule.
  • Usage monitoring information (Usage Monitoring Information): It is defined by the PCF. It usually includes the level indicator of the usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key and the monitoring key, and the usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key.
  • the PCF can send usage monitoring information to the SMF, and the SMF determines the usage report rule (URR) rules corresponding to the monitoring key according to the Usage Monitoring Information.
  • the PCF may carry the PCC rule and the usage monitoring information in the policy control information and send the information to the SMF.
  • PDR A rule defined by the SMF for execution in a User Plane Function (UPF) may include packet detection information for detecting a traffic data flow, and rules related to QER, FAR, URR, and the like.
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • URR A rule established by the SMF to perform usage monitoring in the UPF, which may include a usage threshold.
  • the URR can be associated with the PDR. After detecting the service data flow according to the packet detection information in the PDR, the UPF can accumulate the detected usage of the service data flow and the URR associated with the PDR. When the accumulated usage reaches the usage threshold of the URR, The UPF reports the URR logo and cumulative usage to the SMF.
  • the association between the URR and the PDR may refer to: the PDR includes the identifier of the URR.
  • the policy control method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the network system shown in FIG. 1 , and the network system can be a 5G system supporting a multi-PSA PDU session, or a fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) (eg, an evolution).
  • An evolved packet system (EPS) mobile communication system may also be a mobile communication system that supports a multi-anchor user plane transmission path, and is not limited.
  • the network system may include: The access network device, the session management network element, the policy control network element, the split/combiner, the gateway network element, and the data network (DN), wherein the terminal in FIG. 1 can be used to connect to the wireless air interface.
  • the access network device deployed by the operator accesses the DN through the split/combiner and the gateway network element.
  • the access network device is mainly used to implement the wireless physical layer function, resource scheduling, radio resource management, and radio access control. Functions such as mobility management.
  • the session management network element can manage one or more gateway network elements, which are mainly used to implement session management functions such as establishing, releasing, and changing user plane transmission paths.
  • the policy control network element is mainly used to formulate information for service data flow detection, and control information such as policy, charging, and traffic steering.
  • the split/combiner is mainly used when the transmission path of the same user plane includes multiple anchor points.
  • the service data stream that is uploaded by the terminal through the user plane transmission path is distributed to different gateway network elements, or the service data streams delivered by different gateway network elements on the user plane transmission path are combined and sent to the terminal. It can be used as an anchor point on the user plane transmission path. It is mainly used to complete the routing and forwarding of user plane data, such as establishing a channel with the terminal (ie, user plane transmission path), and forwarding between the terminal and the DN on the channel. Data packets, as well as data packet filtering, data transmission/retransmission, rate control, and generation of accounting information for the terminal.
  • the DN can include network devices (such as servers, routers, etc.), and the DN is mainly used to provide more information for the terminal. Data service service. It should be noted that FIG.
  • Network elements such as: a mobile terminal for managing the mobility management network element, the data management contract information to the user management network element, etc., the present application is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the terminal in the network system may be a user equipment (UE), such as a mobile phone or a computer, or Cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, smart phone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA), computer, laptop Computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite wireless devices, wireless modem cards, set top boxes (STBs), customer premise equipment (CPE), and/or for use on wireless systems Other devices for communication.
  • UE user equipment
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • STBs set top boxes
  • CPE customer premise equipment
  • the access network device may be an access network (AN)/radio access network (RAN) device, and a network composed of multiple 5G-AN/5G-RAN nodes, the 5G-AN/5G
  • the RAN node may be: an access point (AP), a next generation base station (NR node B, gNB), a transmission receive point (TRP), a transmission point (TP), or some other access. node.
  • the session management network element can be an SMF.
  • the policy control network element can be a PCF.
  • the gateway network element can be UPF.
  • the branch/combiner can be a branching point (BP) or an uplink classifier (UL CL), such as when a multi-homing manner is used to establish a multi-PSA PDU session.
  • BP branching point
  • UL CL uplink classifier
  • the shunt/combiner can be a BP.
  • the shunt/combiner can be a UL CL.
  • the mobility management network element can be an access and mobility function (AMF).
  • the data management network element can be Unified Data Management (UDM).
  • UDM Unified Data Management
  • the session management network element sends a URR corresponding to the monitoring key to the PSA included in the PDU session managed by the session management network element, and the PSA performs the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key of the URR, if it is determined.
  • the newly added PSA of the PDU session also needs to perform the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance.
  • the policy control network element can allocate the same monitoring key to the newly added PSA, and send policy control to the session management network element for the newly added PSA.
  • the information is such that the session management network element determines the URR corresponding to the monitoring key for the newly added PSA, and sends the URR corresponding to the monitoring key to the newly added PSA to implement usage monitoring.
  • the implementation manner can be referred to the following FIG. 4 to FIG. 8 .
  • the communication device 200 includes at least one processor 201, a communication line 202, a memory 203, and at least one communication interface 204.
  • the processor 201 can be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the embodiments of the present application.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • Communication line 202 can include a path for communicating information between the components described above.
  • the communication interface 204 uses devices such as any transceiver for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc. .
  • devices such as any transceiver for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc. .
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • the memory 203 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other type that can store information and instructions.
  • the dynamic storage device can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, and a disc storage device. (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • the memory may be stand-alone and connected to the processor via communication line 202. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 203 is used to store computer execution instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 201 for execution.
  • the processor 201 is configured to execute computer executed instructions stored in the memory 203 to implement the policy control method provided by the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as an application code, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • processor 201 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG.
  • communication device 200 can include multiple processors, such as processor 201 and processor 207 in FIG. Each of these processors can be a single core processor or a multi-CPU processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data, such as computer program instructions.
  • the communication device 200 can also include an output device 205 and an input device 206.
  • Output device 205 is in communication with processor 201 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 205 can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. Wait.
  • Input device 206 is in communication with processor 201 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • input device 206 can be a mouse, keyboard, touch screen device or sensing device, and the like.
  • the foregoing communication device 200 may be a general-purpose device or a dedicated device.
  • the communication device 200 can be a desktop, a portable computer, a web server, a PDA, a mobile handset, a tablet, a wireless terminal, an embedded device, or a device having a similar structure as in FIG.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the communication device 200.
  • the session management network element is the session management network element shown in FIG. 1
  • the policy control network element is the policy control network element shown in FIG. 1
  • the PSA is the gateway network element shown in FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a policy control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is used to implement a first usage monitoring instance (such as a service data flow level usage monitoring instance) on multiple PSAs included in a PDU session. Usage monitoring.
  • the application scenario of the method is that the session management network element manages a PDU session, and the PDU session may include multiple PSAs, such as a first PSA and a second PSA, where the session management network element sends a first monitoring key corresponding to the first PSA.
  • First URR In this application scenario, step 401 to step 403 shown in FIG. 4 may be performed to implement the usage monitoring of the same service data flow level usage monitoring instance on multiple PSAs of the PDU session.
  • Step 401 The policy control network element determines to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA.
  • the second PSA may be a new PSA on the PDU session.
  • the policy control network element may determine, according to the preset configuration, performing usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA, where the preset configuration may be used to specify which services are allowed to access the first usage monitoring instance.
  • Gateway network element If the policy control network element queries the preset configuration, and determines that the second PSA is included in the gateway network element specified by the preset configuration, it is determined that the usage monitoring of the first usage monitoring instance is performed on the second PSA. For example, if the default configuration allows the user to access the service on the Sohu website on the UPF2, and the service on the Sohu website is within the service range monitored by the usage monitoring instance 1, it is determined that the UPF2 monitors the usage of the usage monitoring instance 1. .
  • the preset configuration may be pre-configured by the operator in the policy control network element, or may be obtained by the policy control network element from other network function entities when performing step 401, and is not limited.
  • the policy control network element first learns that the PDU session adds a second PSA, and then determines whether it is The usage monitoring of the first usage monitoring instance is performed on the second PSA. Specifically, the policy control network element learns that the PDU session adds a second PSA, and the session management network element sends an indication message carrying the newly added second PSA to the policy control network element, and after receiving the message, the policy control network element receives the message according to the message. The carried indication of adding the second PSA determines that the second PSA is added to the PDU session.
  • the indication of adding the second PSA may be used to indicate the second PSA, which may include, but is not limited to, the identifier of the second PSA, where the identifier of the second PSA may include the network function identifier (NF) of the second PSA. ID), or the Data Network Access Indentity (DNAI) of the second PSA, or the Internet Protocol Version 6 Prefix (IPV6 Prefix) corresponding to the second PSA, is not limited.
  • Step 402 The policy control network element sends policy control information to the session management network element, and the session management network element receives the policy control information sent by the policy control network element.
  • the policy control information includes, but is not limited to, a PCC rule, and the PCC rule carries a first monitoring key, and is used to indicate information for executing a policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the second PSA.
  • the policy control information information includes, but is not limited to, a PCC rule, and information for indicating a policy corresponding to the execution of the PCC rule on the second PSA, and the PCC rule may carry the first monitoring key.
  • the information used to indicate that the policy corresponding to the PCC rule is performed on the second PSA may be the identifier of the second PSA, and the related description of the identifier of the second PSA may be as described in step 401. ,No longer.
  • Step 403 The session management network element sends a first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA.
  • the first PDR may include the service data flow packet detection information; the second URR may include a usage threshold, and the second URR is identified by the identifier of the second URR.
  • the first PDR and the second URR may be determined by the session management network element before step 403. For example, before step 403, the session management network element may determine, according to information indicating that the policy corresponding to the PCC rule is executed on the second PSA.
  • Performing a policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the second PSA triggering the session management network element to determine the packet detection information of the first PDR according to the service data flow template in the PCC rule, and determining a second URR for the first monitoring key, where the first The PDR includes an identifier of the second URR, and the first PDR is associated with the second URR.
  • the determining, by the session management network element, the packet detection information of the first PDR according to the service data flow template in the PCC rule may include: using the control information used for the service data flow detection in the service data flow template in the PCC rule as the packet detection information. Add (or match) to the first PDR.
  • the session management network element determining the second URR for the first monitoring key may be: the session management network element allocates a usage threshold to the first monitoring key, and includes the usage threshold in the second URR, that is, determining the first monitoring key.
  • the usage threshold of the corresponding second URR; at the same time, the session management network element may also assign an identifier to the second URR.
  • the identifier of the second URR may be the same as the first URR, or may be different, and is not limited.
  • the session management network element may further store the correspondence between the monitoring key and the URR, for example, the session management network element is determined by the first monitoring key.
  • the correspondence between the first monitoring key and the second URR may be saved.
  • the comparison relationship between the monitoring key and the URR saved by the session management network element includes: between the first monitoring key and the first URR and the second URR. Correspondence relationship.
  • the policy control network element determines to perform the service data flow level usage monitoring instance on the newly added PSA in the PDU session, and the service data flow usage monitoring instance and the other included in the PDU session
  • the policy control network element sends a PCC rule to the session management network element and information for indicating the usage monitoring of the service data flow usage monitoring instance on the newly added PSA, and the session management network element receives the information.
  • the PDR and the URR corresponding to the monitoring key are sent to the newly added PSA, so that the newly added PSA is based on the PDR and The monitoring of the URR is performed by the monitoring key, so as to implement the monitoring of the usage of the same service data flow level monitoring instance in multiple PSAs.
  • determining, by the session management network element, the second URR for the first monitoring key may include any one of the following (1) to (4):
  • the policy control information further includes a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate that the first usage threshold is not used to cover the usage threshold of the first monitoring key received before the session management network element.
  • the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the first usage threshold.
  • the first usage threshold may be determined according to the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user, the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance, and the usage threshold of the first monitoring key that has been delivered by the policy control unit, for example, the user may be calculated.
  • the difference between the usage limit of the first usage monitoring instance of the contract and the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance and the usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered by the policy control unit, and a partial threshold or a total usage threshold of the difference As the second usage threshold.
  • the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user and the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance may be included in the subscription information of the user, and the subscription information of the user may be obtained by the policy control network element from the UDM after the PDU session is established.
  • the user's subscription information can be used to describe the usage quota of the user for the first usage monitoring instance and the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance.
  • the determining, by the session management network element, the usage threshold of the second URR according to the first usage threshold may include: the session management network element adopts the partial usage threshold or the total usage threshold of the first usage threshold as the usage threshold of the second URR.
  • the session management network element For example, if the first usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered by the policy control network element is 500M, the usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered by the policy control network element received by the session management network element is 200M, and the session management is performed. After the network element has determined the URR1 (200M) according to the 200M usage threshold of the first monitoring key, the session management network element does not replace the 200M with the 500M after receiving the 500M usage threshold of the first monitoring key.
  • the usage threshold (eg, 300M) less than or equal to 500M is used as the usage threshold of the new URR2 corresponding to the first monitoring key.
  • the policy control network element may further maintain a correspondence between the second PSA and the first usage threshold of the first monitoring key, to indicate that the policy control network element is determining to execute the first usage monitoring instance in the second PSA.
  • the first usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered during the usage monitoring.
  • the session management network element requests the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR, and the session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA, and determines the available usage threshold according to the cumulative usage of the first URR. And determining the usage threshold of the second URR based on the available usage threshold.
  • the available usage threshold may be the difference between the usage threshold of the first monitoring key received by the session management network element from the policy management network element and the accumulated usage of the first URR received by the session management network element.
  • the first PSA reports the first usage of the first URR
  • the session management network element receives the accumulated usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA, according to the saved monitoring key and the URR.
  • determining that the first URR is corresponding to the first monitoring key, and calculating a difference between the usage threshold of the first monitoring key and the cumulative usage of the first URR delivered by the policy control network element, and the difference is used as the first monitoring key
  • the available usage threshold is the difference between the usage threshold of the first monitoring key received by the session management network element from the policy management network element and the accumulated usage of the first URR received by the session management network element.
  • the determining, by the session management network element, the usage threshold of the second URR according to the available usage threshold may include: the session management network element uses the partial usage threshold or the total usage threshold of the available usage threshold as the usage threshold of the second URR.
  • the session management network element may further update the first URR according to the available usage threshold, and deliver the updated first URR to the first PSA.
  • the session management network element has a threshold fragmentation function, that is, the session management network element has a function of allocating a partial usage threshold value of the usage threshold of the monitoring key delivered by the policy control network element to the URR. .
  • the session management network element may send the usage threshold of less than or equal to 300M (for example, 200M) as the usage threshold of the second URR to the second PSA, and update the usage threshold of the first URR with the remaining 100M in the 300M, and The updated first URR is reassigned to the first PSA.
  • 300M for example, 200M
  • the session management network element determines whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key
  • the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the remaining usage threshold; or the session management network element reports the first to the first PSA if there is no remaining usage threshold.
  • the remaining usage threshold may be a usage threshold that is not allocated to the URR in the usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key received by the session management network element from the policy management network element, if the session management network element receives the usage management network element from the policy management network element. If all the usage thresholds in the usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key are assigned to the URR, there is no remaining usage threshold. Otherwise, there is a remaining usage threshold.
  • the available usage threshold is as described in the method (2) and will not be described again.
  • the session management network element may also update the usage threshold of the first URR according to the available usage threshold, and send the updated first URR to the first PSA.
  • the usage threshold of the first monitoring key that is sent to the session management network element by the policy control network element is 500M
  • the usage threshold of the URR sent by the session management network element to the first PSA is 300M
  • the first monitoring is performed at this time.
  • the remaining usage threshold of the key is 200M
  • the session management network element may use the usage threshold of the 200M as the usage threshold of the second URR, or a part of the 200M may be used as the usage threshold of the second URR. If the usage threshold of the first monitoring key that is sent to the session management network element by the policy control network element is 500M, and the usage threshold of the URR sent by the session management network element to the first PSA is 500M, the first monitoring key is not available.
  • the management network element may send the usage threshold of less than or equal to 300M (for example, 200M) as the usage threshold of the second URR to the second PSA, and update the usage threshold of the first URR with 100M in 300M, and the updated first The URR is reassigned to the first PSA.
  • 300M for example, 200M
  • the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the first monitoring key; the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the second usage threshold.
  • the second usage threshold may be determined according to the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user, the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance, and the usage threshold of the first monitoring key that has been delivered by the policy control unit;
  • the difference between the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user and the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance and the usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered by the policy control unit may be calculated.
  • a partial threshold or an all usage threshold is used as the second usage threshold.
  • the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key may include the cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA.
  • the session management network element may request the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR and receive the first URR of the first PSA report after receiving the policy control information from the policy control network element after determining to add the second PSA.
  • the accumulated usage is used, and the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key is sent to the policy control network element.
  • the session management network element may send the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element when the message carrying the indication of adding the second PSA is sent to the policy control network element, where the first monitoring key is used.
  • the accumulated usage may be carried in the same message as the indication of adding the second PSA, or may be carried in different messages, and is not limited.
  • the determining, by the session management network element, the usage threshold of the second URR according to the second usage threshold may include: determining, by the session management network element, a usage threshold that is less than or equal to the second usage threshold as a usage threshold of the second URR.
  • the session management network element may also update the usage threshold of the first URR according to the second threshold, and send the updated first URR to the first PSA.
  • the PSA and the URR may perform the usage monitoring according to the PDR and the URR, and the PSA may also go to the session management network.
  • the unit actively reports the cumulative usage of the URR, so that the session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the URR, and executes the usage reporting process shown in FIG. 4a; or performs step 404 and steps 408-415.
  • the usage reporting process may include:
  • Step 404 The PSA included in the PDU session reports the cumulative usage of the URR to the session management network element.
  • the PSA in the step 404 is any PSA included in the PDU session, and may be the first PSA or the second PSA. Specifically, when the PDR associated with the URR detects that the accumulated usage of the service data flow is close to or reaches the usage threshold of the URR, the PSA may report the cumulative usage of the URR to the session management network element.
  • Step 405 The session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the URR reported by the PSA, and determines whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key. If the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key exists, step 406- Step 407; otherwise, step 408 is performed.
  • the remaining usage threshold may be a usage threshold that is not allocated to the URR in the usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key received by the session management network element from the policy management network element.
  • the PSA may also carry the URR identifier when reporting the cumulative usage of the URR to the session management network element, and the session management network element may determine the PSA report according to the correspondence between the monitoring key and the URR and the URR identifier saved by the session management network element.
  • the URR is associated with the monitoring key. If the URR is the first monitoring key, the calculation policy controls the difference between the usage threshold of the first monitoring key and the cumulative usage of the URR. If the difference is zero, then It is determined that there is no remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key; otherwise, there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key.
  • Step 406 The session management network element updates the usage threshold of the URR reported by the PSA according to the remaining usage threshold, and sends the updated URR to the PSA.
  • the session management network element updates the usage threshold of the URR reported by the PSA according to the remaining usage threshold.
  • the session management network element may use the partial usage threshold or the total usage threshold of the remaining usage threshold as the new usage threshold of the URR.
  • Step 407 The PSA performs usage monitoring according to the updated URR.
  • Step 408 The session management network element reports the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element.
  • the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key may include the cumulative usage of the URR corresponding to the first monitoring key.
  • the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key may include the cumulative usage of the URR reported by the PSA.
  • monitoring key1 corresponds to URR1 and URR3, where the cumulative usage of URR1 is 100M and the cumulative usage of URR3 is 200M, the cumulative usage of monitoring key1 is 300M.
  • the session management network element may also send the identity of the PSA to the policy control network element.
  • the identity of the PSA For the identifier of the PSA, reference may be made to the description of the identifier of the second PSA, and details are not described herein.
  • Step 409 The policy control network element receives the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key reported by the session management network element, and determines whether there is an allowable usage threshold corresponding to the first usage monitoring instance; if there is an allowable usage threshold corresponding to the first usage monitoring instance Steps 410 - 412 are performed; otherwise, steps 413 - 415 are performed.
  • the allowable usage threshold corresponding to the first usage monitoring instance may be allocated to the first monitoring key according to the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user, the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance, and the policy control network element (but not).
  • the usage threshold for receiving the cumulative usage response information of the first monitoring key, the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance may include the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key. For example, it can be determined that the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user and the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance and the policy control network element have been allocated to the first monitoring key (but the cumulative usage response of the first monitoring key is not received). If the difference is zero, it is determined that there is no allowable usage threshold corresponding to the first usage monitoring instance; otherwise, there is an allowable usage threshold corresponding to the first usage monitoring instance.
  • the accumulated usage response information may include a cumulative usage of the first monitoring key.
  • the usage monitoring instance 1 corresponds to the monitoring key1. Assume that the usage quota for the usage monitoring instance 1 is 500M and the cumulative usage is 200M.
  • the policy control NE determines that the PSA1 performs the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 1.
  • the usage threshold of the monitoring key1 is set to 100 M.
  • the PSA2 performs the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 1 and the usage threshold of the monitoring key1 is set to 200 M.
  • the policy control NE receives the monitoring reported by the session management NE. When the cumulative usage of key1 is 50M and the identifier of PSA1, it is determined that PSA1 reports the cumulative usage of URR.
  • the usage threshold of monitoring key assigned to PSA2 is 200M, which belongs to the usage threshold of the policy control network element but has not received the cumulative usage response message.
  • Step 410 The policy control network element determines a new usage threshold of the first monitoring key according to the allowed usage threshold, and delivers a new usage threshold of the first monitoring key to the session management network element.
  • Step 411 The session management network element receives the new usage threshold of the first monitoring key, updates the usage threshold of the URR according to the new usage threshold of the first monitoring key, and sends the updated URR to the PSA.
  • Step 412 The PSA performs usage monitoring according to the updated URR.
  • Step 413 The policy control network element determines to stop monitoring the usage of the first monitoring key, and sends a stop notification to the session management network element.
  • the stop notification is used to notify the session management network element to stop monitoring the usage of the first monitoring key.
  • Step 414 The session management network element receives the stop notification, and sends a delete request or a stop request to the PSA.
  • the deletion request may be used to request the PSA to delete the URR corresponding to the first monitoring key, and the stop request may be used to request the PSA to stop monitoring the usage of the URR corresponding to the first montoring key.
  • Step 415 The PSA receives the deletion request, deletes the URR corresponding to the first monitoring key according to the deletion request, or receives the stop request, and stops monitoring the usage of the URR corresponding to the first monitoring key according to the stop request.
  • the deleting the URR corresponding to the first monitoring key may refer to: deleting the URR from its associated PDR. Specifically, the identifier of the URR can be deleted from the PDR associated with the URR.
  • the session management network element may re-allocate the usage threshold of the URR to the PSA, or may send the cumulative usage of the monitoring key corresponding to the URR to the policy control network element.
  • the policy control network element re-issues the usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key.
  • FIG. 4a only illustrates the process of reporting the amount of PSA.
  • a scheme for simultaneously reporting the usage of two or more PSAs is also supported.
  • the execution process may be described with reference to FIG. 4a. .
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a method for controlling a policy according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the method is used to perform usage monitoring on an instance of a session level usage monitoring on multiple PSAs included in a PDU session.
  • the application scenario of the method is that the session management network element manages a PDU session, and the PDU session may include multiple PSAs, such as a first PSA and a second PSA, where the first PSA performs the first usage monitoring instance corresponding to the first monitoring key.
  • Usage monitoring, the first usage monitoring instance is a session-level usage monitoring instance.
  • step 501 to step 503 shown in FIG. 5 may be performed to implement the usage monitoring of the same session-level usage monitoring instance on multiple PSAs included in the PDU session.
  • Step 501 The policy control network element determines to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA.
  • the step 501 can be referred to the step 401 and will not be described again.
  • Step 502 The policy control network element sends policy control information to the session management network element, and the session management network element receives the policy control information sent by the policy control network element.
  • the policy control information may be used to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA, or to perform session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the PDU session.
  • the policy control information may include the identifier of the second PSA or the PDU session identifier used to identify the PDU session.
  • the policy control information includes the identifier of the second PSA, it is used to indicate that the session level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA.
  • the policy control information includes the identity of the PDU session, it is used to perform session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the PDU session.
  • the identifier of the second PSA can be referred to the related description in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
  • Step 503 The session management network element sends a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA.
  • the second URR is associated with all the PDRs that are executed on the second PSA.
  • the second URR is not associated with the PDR, that is, the second URR can be associated with the second URR, unless the service data indicating that the PDR matches is not included in the session level usage monitoring.
  • the matching service data performed on the PSA includes all PDR associations in the session level usage monitoring.
  • the second URR may include a usage threshold, and the second URR is identified by the identity of the second URR.
  • the second URR may be determined by the session management network element prior to step 503. For example, before step 503, the session management network element may perform policy control information for performing session level usage monitoring on the second PSA, or for performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the PDU session. It is determined that session level usage monitoring is also performed at the second PSA and a second URR is determined for the first monitoring key.
  • the session management network element may determine the second URR for the first monitoring key by using any one of the methods (1) to (4) shown in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein.
  • the policy control network element determines to perform session level usage monitoring on the PSA added in the PDU session, and the session level usage monitoring is also performed on other PSAs included in the PDU session.
  • the policy control network element sends, to the session management network element, information indicating that session level usage monitoring is performed on the newly added PSA or session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs included in the PDU session, and the session management network element receives the information.
  • the URR corresponding to the monitoring key is sent to the newly added PSA, so that the newly added PSA performs usage monitoring according to the URR corresponding to the monitoring key, so as to implement the monitoring of the usage of the same session-level usage monitoring instance in multiple PSAs.
  • the PSA after receiving any PSA (PSA and URR) in the PSA and the URR, the PSA can also perform the usage monitoring according to the PDR and the URR, and the PSA can also go to the session management network.
  • the unit actively reports the cumulative usage of the URR to perform the usage reporting process shown in FIG. 4a; or performs step 404 and steps 408-step 415, and details are not described herein.
  • FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 only describe the execution of the service data flow level usage monitoring instance or the session level usage monitoring instance in the first PSA and the second PSA included in the PDU session. It is understandable that For the process of performing the same usage monitoring instance and simultaneously performing the two or more PSAs included in the PDU session, reference may also be made to the foregoing solution, and details are not described herein.
  • FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 respectively illustrate the traffic data level usage monitoring and the session level usage monitoring. In practical applications, the schemes of FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 can also be combined to implement multiple PSAs included in the PDU session. Perform business traffic usage monitoring instances and session-level usage monitoring instances.
  • the session management network element is the SMF of FIG. 2, and the policy control network element is the PCF of FIG. 2, and the service data flow usage monitoring instance and the session-level usage monitoring instance are simultaneously executed on the two PSAs of the UPF1 and the UPF2 included in the PDU session.
  • the data flow usage monitoring instance corresponds to the monitoring key1 and the session-level usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key2.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a policy control method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the method includes:
  • Step 601 The user establishes a PDU session through the UPF1, and the PCF determines, according to the preset configuration, the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 1 and the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 2 in the UPF1.
  • the usage monitoring instance 1 is a service data flow level usage monitoring instance, and the usage monitoring instance 2 corresponds to a session level usage monitoring instance.
  • the process of determining the usage monitoring of the quantity monitoring instance 1 and the quantity monitoring of the quantity monitoring instance 2 in the UPF1 according to the preset configuration may refer to the above steps 401 and 501, and details are not described herein.
  • Step 602 The PCF formulates the PCC rule 1, the PCC rule 2, the usage monitoring information 1 and the usage monitoring information 2 according to the subscription information of the user, and sends the PCC rule 1, the PCC rule 2, the usage monitoring information 1, and the usage monitoring information 2 to the SMF. And an indication of performing PCC Rule 3, PCC Rule 4 on UPF2 and performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs of the PDU session or on UPF1.
  • the subscription information of the user may be obtained by the PCF from the UDM when the step 601 is performed.
  • the subscription information of the user may include the subscription information of the service data flow level and the subscription information of the PDU session level, and the subscription information of the service data flow level includes the monitoring key_a, Service data flow level indication (SDF Level Indication), and usage quota (Voume limit and / or Time limit); PDU session level information includes PDU session level indication, and usage limit (Voume limit and / or Time limit) ).
  • the cumulative usage monitoring information includes usage information at the service data flow level and usage information at the PDU session level; usage information at the service data flow level includes monitoring key_a, service data flow level indication, and cumulative usage (Voume usage and/or Time usage).
  • the usage information of the PDU session level includes a PDU session level indication and a cumulative usage (Voume usage and/or Time usage).
  • the monitoring key_a corresponds to the usage monitoring instance; the service data flow level indication is used to indicate that the usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key_a is the service data flow level usage monitoring instance, and the PDU session level indication is used to indicate that the PDU session level information corresponds to the session level usage. Monitor instances.
  • the PCC rule 1 includes a monitoring key1
  • the PCC rule 2 includes a monitoring key2.
  • Both PCC Rule 1 and PCC Rule 2 do not set an indication that the amount detected by the PCC rule is excluded from the session level usage, that is, the PCF decision PCC Rule 1 and the PCC Rule 2 usage are accumulated to the session level usage monitoring.
  • the usage monitoring information 1 corresponds to the usage monitoring example 1, including [monitoring key1, PCC rule indication, usage threshold threshold1].
  • the usage monitoring information 2 corresponds to the corresponding usage monitoring instance 2, including [monitoring key 2, session level indication, usage threshold threshold 2].
  • the PCC rule indication may be a service data flow level indication, and is used to indicate that the monitoring key1 corresponds to the service data flow level usage monitoring instance.
  • the indication that the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 are executed in the UPF2 may be the identifier of the UPF1, and the indication that the session level usage monitoring is performed on all the PSAs of the PDU session or on the UPF1 may be the identifier of the PDU session.
  • the indication of the session-level usage monitoring on the PSAs of the PDU session or the UPF1 may not be performed in the step 602.
  • the policy for performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs configured on the SMF may be sent by the PCF to the SMF before step 602.
  • Step 603 The SMF receives the PCC rule 1, the PCC rule 2, the usage monitoring information 1 and the usage monitoring information 2, and performs the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4 indication in the UPF2, and executes the session level on all PSAs of the PDU session or on the UPF1. Instructions for usage monitoring.
  • Step 604 The SMF formulates PDR1 according to PCC rule 1, formulates PDR2 according to PCC rule 2, formulates URR1 according to usage monitoring information 1, and formulates URR2 according to usage monitoring information 2.
  • the PDR1 includes the packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template of the PCC rule 1.
  • PDR2 includes packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in PCC Rule 2.
  • Monitoring key1 corresponds to URR1, URR1 usage threshold threshold1* is less than or equal to threshold1; monitoring key2 corresponds to URR2, URR2 usage threshold is less than or equal to threshold2*, URR1 is associated with PDR1, and URR2 is associated with PDR1 and PDR2.
  • the SMF may perform the PCC rule 1 and the PCC rule 4 on the UPF 1 according to the indication that the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 are executed in the UPF 2 and the session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs of the PDU session or on the UPF 1 .
  • the monitoring policy, as well as performing session level usage monitoring on UPF1, triggers SMF to perform step 604.
  • Step 605 The SMF sends PDR1, PDR2, URR1, and URR2 to the UPF1.
  • Step 606 UPF1 performs usage monitoring according to PRR1 and PRR1 associated URR1, and performs usage monitoring according to PDR2, PDR1, and PDR1 and PDR2 associated URR2.
  • the UPF1 performs the usage monitoring according to the URR1 associated with the PDR1 and the PDR1. After the usage monitoring is performed according to the URR2 associated with the PDR2, the PDR1, and the PDR1 and the PDR2, the UPF1 can also report the cumulative usage to the SMF, and the process shown in Figure 4a is performed. .
  • Step 607 The SMF adds a PSA (such as UPF2) to the PDU session.
  • a PSA such as UPF2
  • the PDU session is a session established on the UPF1, and the UPF1 and the UPF2 are different UPFs, both of which are managed by the SMF.
  • the SMF adds a PSA to the PDU session.
  • the process of adding a PSA to the PDU session is not described.
  • the SMF can save the correspondence between the PDU session and the UPF on the PDU session.
  • Step 608 The SMF sends an event notification to the PCF to notify the PCF to add a PSA to the PDU session.
  • the event notification may include an identifier of the UPF2 and an identifier of the PDU session.
  • the identifier of the UPF2 is used to identify the UPF2, and the identifier of the UPF2 may be the NF ID of the UPF2 or the DNAI of the UPF2, and may also be the IPV6Prefix corresponding to the UPF2, and is not limited.
  • Step 609 The PCF receives the event notification, and determines, according to the preset configuration, the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 1 and the usage monitoring instance 2 in the UPF2.
  • the PCF determines, according to the preset configuration, the process of performing the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 1 in the UPF2 and the monitoring of the usage of the usage monitoring instance 2, refer to the foregoing steps 401 and 501, and no further details are provided.
  • Step 610 The PCF formulates the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, the usage monitoring information 3, and the usage monitoring information 4 according to the subscription information of the user.
  • the service controlled by the PCC rule 3 belongs to the service monitored by the usage monitoring instance 1 .
  • the PCF still assigns the monitoring key 1 to the usage monitoring instance 1 and the monitoring key 1 includes the monitoring key 1 Monitoring key1 monitored business.
  • the services monitored by the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 belong to the service monitored by the usage monitoring instance 2, and the usage of the PCF decision PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 needs to be accumulated to the session level, and the PCC rule is not set for the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4. 3 and the indication that the amount detected by PCC Rule 4 is excluded from the session level usage.
  • the usage monitoring information 3 includes [monitoring key1, PCC rule indication, execution indication 1, new usage threshold threshold1*]; the usage monitoring information 4 includes [monitoring key2, session level indication, execution indication 2, and a new usage threshold threshold2 *].
  • the execution indication 1 may be used to indicate that the new usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 is the usage threshold that is newly allocated to the monitoring key1, and the old usage threshold is not overwritten, that is, the usage threshold corresponding to the previously issued monitoring key1 is not replaced.
  • the execution indication 2 can be used to indicate that the new usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key 2 is the usage threshold that is newly allocated to the monitoring key 2, and cannot override the old usage threshold, that is, the usage threshold corresponding to the previously issued monitoring key 2 is not replaced.
  • the new usage threshold threshold1* can be calculated according to the usage quota in the subscription information of the service data flow level, the cumulative usage in the usage information of the service data flow level, and the threshold usage threshold threshold1. For example, threshold1* can be less than or Equal to the usage limit - cumulative usage - threshold1.
  • the new threshold2* can be calculated according to the usage limit in the session-level subscription information, the cumulative usage in the session-level usage information, and the delivered usage threshold threshold2, for example, threshold2* can be less than or equal to the usage limit.
  • threshold2* can be less than or equal to the usage limit.
  • - Cumulative usage - threshold2. For example, if the usage limit is 1000M and the cumulative usage is 500M, the usage threshold of the monitoring key1 corresponding to the usage monitoring example 1 is 100M, the new threshold2* can be less than or equal to 1000M-500M-100M 400M, such as Can be 200M.
  • step 610 can be performed during the entire lifetime of the PDU session including two PSAs of UPF1 and UPF2.
  • Step 611 The PCF sends the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, the usage monitoring information 3, and the usage monitoring information 4 to the SMF, and executes the indication of the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 in the UPF2.
  • step 602 if the PCF does not issue an indication that all PSAs in the PDU session perform session level usage monitoring or the SMF does not configure a policy for performing session level usage monitoring in all PSAs, then in step 611, the PCF further The indication of performing session level usage monitoring on the UPF2 or performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the PDU session is issued.
  • Step 612 The SMF receives an indication that the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, the usage monitoring information 3, the usage monitoring policy 4, the PCC rule 3, and the PCC rule 4 are executed on the UPF 2.
  • Step 613 The SMF formulates PDR3 according to PCC Rule 3, formulates PDR4 according to PCC Rule 4, formulates URR3 according to usage monitoring information 3, formulates URR4 according to usage monitoring information 4, and transmits PDR3, PDR4 and its associated URR3, URR4 to UPF2.
  • the PDR3 includes packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in the PCC rule 3.
  • PDR4 includes packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in PCC Rule 4.
  • Monitoring key1 corresponds to URR3, and monitoring key2 corresponds to URR4.
  • PDR3 is associated with URR3, and PDR3 and PDR4 are associated with URR4. That is, URR3 is associated with all PDRs executed in UPF2 unless the service data matched by the PDR needs to be deducted from session-level usage monitoring.
  • the SMF determines, according to the execution indication 1 in the usage monitoring information 3, that the PCF newly delivers the usage threshold for the monitoring key1, determines the URR3 usage threshold threshold1** according to the new usage threshold threshold1* of the monitoring key1, and assigns an identifier to the URR3. , where threshold1** can be less than or equal to threshold1*. Similarly, the SMF determines that the PCF newly sends the usage threshold for the monitoring key 2 according to the execution indication 2 in the usage monitoring information 4, and determines the URR4 usage threshold threshold2** according to the new usage threshold threshold2* of the monitoring key2, and allocates the URR4 threshold. Identification, where threshold2** can be less than or equal to threshold2*.
  • the SMF performs the usage monitoring on the monitoring key1 on the UPF2 according to the monitoring key1 in the PCC rule 3 and the indication executed by the PCC rule 3 on the UPF2, and performs the session according to all the PSAs included in the PDU session delivered in step 602.
  • the indication of the level usage monitoring determines that after the monitoring of the monitoring key 2 is performed on the UPF 2, the SMF is triggered to perform step 613.
  • threshold1** is less than threshold1*
  • the SMF can save the remaining amount after threshold1*-threshold1**
  • threshold2** is less than threshold1*
  • the SMF can save the remaining after threshold2*-threshold2** Dosage.
  • the SMF also saves the correspondence between the URR and the monitoring key.
  • the correspondence between the URR and the monitoring key stored in the SMF is: the monitoring key1 corresponds to URR1, URR3, and the monitoring key2 corresponds to URR2 and URR4.
  • the values of UUR ID1 and UUR ID3 may be the same or different, and UUR ID2 and UUR ID4 may be the same or different.
  • Step 614 UPF2 performs usage monitoring according to PRR3 and PRR3 associated URR3, and performs usage monitoring according to PDR3, PDR4, and PDR3 and PDR4 associated URR4.
  • the UPF2 may also report the accumulated usage to the SMF, and perform the process shown in FIG. 4a, and details are not described herein.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a policy control method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7, the method includes:
  • Step 701 is the same as step 601, step 702 is the same as step 602, step 703 is the same as step 603, step 704 is the same as step 604, step 705 is the same as step 605, step 706 is the same as step 606, step 707 is the same as step 607. Step 708 is the same as step 608, and step 709 is the same as step 609, and details are not described herein again.
  • Step 710 The PCF formulates the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 according to the subscription information of the user.
  • the PCC rule 3 detects that the service is controlled by the usage monitoring instance 1 .
  • the service belongs to the business monitored by monitoring key1.
  • the services monitored by the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 belong to the service monitored by the usage monitoring instance 2, and the usage of the PCF decision PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 needs to be accumulated to the session level, and the PCC rule is not set for the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4. 3 and the indication that the amount detected by PCC Rule 4 is excluded from the session level usage.
  • step 710 can be performed during the entire lifetime of the PDU session including two PSAs of UPF1 and UPF2.
  • Step 711 The PCF sends the PCC Rule 3, the PCC Rule 4 to the SMF, and the PCC Rule 3 and the PCC Rule 4 are executed in the UPF2.
  • step 702 if the PCF does not issue an indication that all PSAs in the PDU session perform session level usage monitoring or the SMF does not configure a policy for performing session level usage monitoring in all PSAs, then in step 711, the PCF further The instructions for performing session level usage monitoring on UPF2 or performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs are issued.
  • Step 712 The SMF receives the PCC Rule 3, the PCC Rule 4, and an indication that the PCC Rule 3 and the PCC Rule 4 are executed on the UPF 2.
  • Step 713 If the SMF has the threshold fragmentation capability, the SMF determines whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 and a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key2, if there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 and a remaining amount corresponding to the monitoring key2 If the SMF does not have the threshold fragmentation capability, the SMF obtains the usage report from the UPF1, and step 714 is performed.
  • the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 is the difference between the usage threshold of the monitoring key1 received from the PCF before the SMF and the usage threshold that the SMF has allocated for the URR1; the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key2 is received from the PCF before the SMF. The difference between the usage threshold of the monitoring key2 and the usage threshold that the SMF has allocated for the URR2.
  • the SMF obtains the cumulative usage of the URR1 and the cumulative usage of the URR2 from the UPF1, and the SMF may send the usage request to the UPF1, requesting to obtain the cumulative usage corresponding to the URR1, and the cumulative usage corresponding to the URR2, where the request may include the identifier of the URR1 and URR2 identifier; after receiving the request, UPF1 sends the cumulative usage of URR1 and the cumulative usage of URR2 to the SMF.
  • Step 714 The SMF determines the available usage threshold threshold1* corresponding to the monitoring key1, determines the URR3 according to the threshold1*, and determines the available usage threshold threshold2* corresponding to the monitoring key2, determines the URR4 according to the threshold2*, and determines the PDR3 according to the PCC rule 3, according to PCC Rule 4 determines PDR4.
  • the available usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 is the difference between the usage threshold of the monitoring key1 received from the PCF before the SMF and the total usage total reported by the URR1, or the usage threshold of the last time the SMF is allocated to the URR1 and the URR1.
  • the available usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key2 is the difference between the usage threshold of the monitoring key2 received from the PCF before the SMF and the total usage total reported by the URR2, or the usage threshold of the last time the SMF is allocated for the URR2 and the URR2 report. The difference in the usage threshold.
  • the available usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 is threshold1-Uasge_Volume1.
  • the URR3 may include the identifier of the URR3 and the usage threshold threshold1** corresponding to the monitoring key1, and the threshold1** may be less than or equal to the threshold1*, that is, a part or all of the available usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 is used as the usage threshold of the URR3.
  • URR4 may include the identifier of URR4 and the usage threshold threshold2** corresponding to monitoring key2, where threshold1** may be less than or equal to threshold1*, that is, part or all of the available usage threshold corresponding to monitoring key2 is used as the amount of URR4. Threshold.
  • the PDR3 carries the packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in the PCC rule 3; the PDR4 carries the packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in the PCC rule 4.
  • PDR3 is associated with URR3, and PDR3 and PDR4 are associated with URR4 (ie, URR3 is associated with all PDRs executed in UPF2 unless the PDR-matched service data needs to be deducted from session-level usage monitoring).
  • Step 715 The SMF formulates the PDR3 according to the PCC rule 3 issued by the PCF, formulates the PDR4 according to the PCC rule 4, determines the URR3 according to the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1, and determines the URR4 according to the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key2.
  • PDR3 is associated with URR3
  • PDR3 and PDR4 are associated with URR4 (ie, URR3 is associated with all PDRs executed in UPF2 unless the PDR-matched service data needs to be deducted from session-level usage monitoring).
  • the SMF also saves the correspondence between the URR and the monitoring key.
  • the correspondence between the URR and the monitoring key stored in the SMF is: the monitoring key1 corresponds to URR1, URR3, and the monitoring key2 corresponds to URR2 and URR4.
  • the values of UUR ID1 and UUR ID3 may be the same or different, and UUR ID2 and UUR ID4 may be the same or different.
  • Step 716 The SMF sends PDR3, PDR4 and its associated URR3, URR4 to UPF2.
  • Step 717 UPF2 performs usage monitoring according to PRR3 and PDR3 associated URR3, and performs usage monitoring according to PDR3, PDR4, and PDR3 and PDR4 associated URR4.
  • the UPF2 can also report the accumulated usage to the SMF, and the process shown in FIG. 4a is executed, and details are not described herein again.
  • the SMF may further update the usage threshold corresponding to URR1 and the usage threshold corresponding to URR2, and send updated URR1 and URR2 to UPF1, for example, may be less than or equal to the available matching corresponding to monitoring key1.
  • the usage threshold threshold1*-URR3 usage threshold threshold1** is used as the updated URR1 usage threshold threshold1***, and similarly, threshold2*-threshold2** is used as the updated URR2 usage threshold threshold2***.
  • the SMF can use 100M of the available 150M as the usage threshold of URR3, which is 50% of the 150M. As the usage threshold of URR1, it is re-issued to UPF1.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a policy control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 8, the method includes:
  • Step 801 is the same as step 601
  • step 802 is the same as step 602
  • step 803 is the same as step 603
  • step 804 is the same as step 604
  • step 805 is the same as step 605
  • step 806 is the same as step 606
  • step 807 is the same as step 607. ,No longer.
  • Step 808 The SMF sends an event notification to the PCF, notifying the PCF to add a PSA to the PDU session, and sending the cumulative usage corresponding to the URR1 and the cumulative usage corresponding to the URR2 to the PCF.
  • the event notification includes an identifier of the UPF2 and an identifier of the PDU session.
  • the identifier of the UPF2 is as described in FIG. 6 and will not be described again.
  • Step 809 The PCF receives the event notification, and determines, according to the preset configuration, the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 1 and the usage monitoring instance 2 in the UPF2.
  • Step 810 The PCF formulates the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, the usage monitoring information 3, and the usage monitoring information 4 according to the subscription information of the user.
  • the service controlled by the PCC rule 3 belongs to the service monitored by the usage monitoring instance 1 .
  • the PCF still assigns the monitoring key 1 to the usage monitoring instance 1 and the monitoring key 1 includes the monitoring key 1 Monitoring key1 monitored business.
  • the services monitored by the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 belong to the service monitored by the usage monitoring instance 2, and the usage of the PCF decision PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 needs to be accumulated to the session level, and the PCC rule is not set for the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4. 3 and the indication that the amount detected by PCC Rule 4 is excluded from the session level usage.
  • the usage monitoring information 3 includes [monitoring key1, PCC rule indication, new usage threshold threshold1*]; the usage monitoring information 4 includes [monitoring key2, session level indication, and new usage threshold threshold2*].
  • the new usage threshold threshold1* can be calculated according to the usage quota in the subscription information of the service data flow level, the cumulative usage in the usage information of the service data flow level, and the cumulative usage of the URR1, for example, threshold1* can be less than or Equal to the usage limit - cumulative usage - the cumulative usage of URR1.
  • the new threshold2* can be calculated according to the usage limit in the session-level subscription information, the cumulative usage in the session-level usage information, and the cumulative usage of URR2.
  • the PCF can also record the correspondence between the monitoring key_a and the monitoring key 1.
  • step 810 may perform the entire lifetime of the two PSAs of the PDU session including UPF1 and UPF2.
  • Step 811 The PCF sends the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, the usage monitoring information 3, and the usage monitoring information 4 to the SMF, and performs an instruction of the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, and an instruction to perform the session level usage monitoring on the UPF2 in the UPF2.
  • step 802 does not issue an indication that all PSAs in the PDU session perform session level usage monitoring or does not configure a policy for performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs in the SMF, then in step 811, the PCF is performed. It also issues instructions for performing session level usage monitoring on UPF2 or performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs.
  • Step 812 The SMF receives an indication that the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, the usage monitoring information 3, the usage monitoring policy 4, the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 are executed on the UPF 2, and the session level usage monitoring is performed on the UPF 2.
  • the SMF determines, according to the monitoring key1 in the PCC rule 3 and the indication executed by the PCC rule 3 on the UPF2, that the monitoring key1 is monitored on the UPF2, the session-level usage monitoring is performed in the UPF2, or the session is performed in all the PSAs.
  • the indication or configuration of the level usage monitoring determines the usage monitoring of the monitoring key2 on the UPF2.
  • the SMF determines that both UPF1 and UPF2 monitor the usage of monitoring key1 and monitoring key2.
  • Step 813 The SMF formulates PDR3 according to PCC Rule 3, formulates PDR4 according to PCC Rule 4, determines URR3 according to usage monitoring information 3, and determines URR4 according to usage monitoring information 4, and updates URR1 and URR2.
  • the PDR3 that is defined by the SMF according to the PCC rule 3 is used to filter out the services monitored by the monitoring key1.
  • the PDR4 defined by the PMF3 and PCC rules defined by the SMF according to the PCC3 rule is used to filter the services monitored by the monitoring key2.
  • the PDR3 carries the packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in the PCC rule 3; the PDR4 carries the packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in the PCC rule 4.
  • the URR3 may include the identifier of the URR3 and the usage threshold threshold1** corresponding to the monitoring key1
  • the URR4 may include the identifier of the URR4 and the usage threshold threshold2** corresponding to the monitoring key2, the threshold1** is less than the threshold1*, and the threshold2** is less than the threshold2 *.
  • the usage monitoring information of the service data flow level only indicates that a new usage threshold threshold1* is defined for the monitoring key1, which does not indicate which threshold is used by the threshold1*, so for the SMF, the monitoring key1
  • the UPF that performs the usage monitoring can share the new usage threshold threshold1*. Therefore, the SMF uses a part of the new usage threshold threshold1* as the usage threshold of the URR3, and the other part is used as the usage threshold of the updated URR1.
  • a part of the new usage threshold threshold2* is used as the usage threshold of the URR4, and the other part is used as the usage threshold of the updated URR2.
  • PDR3 is associated with URR3, and PDR3 and PDR4 are associated with URR4. That is, URR3 is associated with all PDRs executed in UPF2 unless the PDR-matched service data needs to be deducted from session-level usage monitoring.
  • Step 814 The SMF sends PDR3, PDR4 and its associated URR3 and URR4 to the UPF2, and sends the updated URR1 and URR2 to the UPF1.
  • Step 815 UPF2 performs usage monitoring according to PDR3 and its associated URR3, and PDR3, PDR4, and URR4.
  • UPF1 performs usage monitoring based on PDR1, updated URR1, and PDR1, PDR2, and updated URR2.
  • the UPF1 and the UPF2 can also report the accumulated usage to the SMF, and the process shown in FIG. 4a is executed, and details are not described herein again.
  • the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between the network elements.
  • the foregoing session management network element and the policy control network element include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing respective functions.
  • the present application can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide the function module of the session management network element and the policy control network element according to the foregoing method example.
  • each function module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one.
  • Processing module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the module in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram showing a possible composition of a session management network element involved in the foregoing embodiment, where a PDU session managed by the session management network element includes a first PSA. And the second PSA, the session management network element sends the first URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the first PSA.
  • the session management network element may include: a receiving unit 91, a sending unit 92, and a determining unit 93.
  • the receiving unit 91 is configured to receive policy control information from the policy control network element, where the policy control information includes a PCC rule; the PCC rule carries a first monitoring key, and is used to indicate that the policy corresponding to the PCC rule is executed on the second PSA.
  • the sending unit 92 is configured to send, to the second PSA, a first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key.
  • the receiving unit 91 is configured to receive, from the policy control network element, policy control information including a PCC rule and information for indicating a policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the second PSA, and a sending unit 92, configured to send to the second PSA.
  • policy control information including a PCC rule and information for indicating a policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the second PSA
  • a sending unit 92 configured to send to the second PSA.
  • the first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key is configured to send to the second PSA.
  • the first monitoring key corresponds to the session-level usage monitoring instance
  • the receiving unit 91 is configured to receive, from the policy control network element, to perform session-level usage monitoring on the second PSA, or to indicate all included in the PDU session.
  • the policy control information of the session level usage monitoring is performed on the PSA; the sending unit 92 is configured to send the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA.
  • the determining unit 93 is configured to determine, according to the service data flow template in the PCC rule, the packet detection of the first PDR before the sending unit 92 sends the first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA. Information, and determining a second URR for the first monitoring key; wherein the first PDR includes an identification of the second URR.
  • the determining unit 93 is configured to determine a second URR for the first monitoring key before the sending unit 92 sends the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA.
  • the policy control information sent by the policy control network element further includes: a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first monitoring received before the first usage threshold is not used to cover the session management network element.
  • the first indication of the usage threshold of the key, the determining unit 93 is configured to determine the usage threshold of the second URR according to the first usage threshold.
  • the determining unit 93 is configured to determine an available usage threshold according to the accumulated usage of the first URR; the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the available usage threshold.
  • the determining unit 93 is configured to determine the usage threshold of the second URR according to the remaining usage threshold in the presence of the remaining usage threshold.
  • the session management network element provided by the embodiment of the present application is used to execute the foregoing policy control method, so that the same effect as the above policy control method can be achieved.
  • the session management network element may include a processing module and a communication module, and the processing module is configured to control and manage the action of the session management network element.
  • the communication module is used to support communication between the session management network element and other network entities, such as communication with the functional modules or network entities shown in FIG.
  • the session management network element may further include a storage module for storing program code and data of the server.
  • the processing module can be a processor or a controller. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor can also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the communication module can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a communication interface.
  • the storage module can be a memory.
  • the processing module is a processor
  • the communication module is a communication interface
  • the storage module is a memory
  • the session management network element involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a possible composition of a policy control network element involved in the foregoing embodiment, where the policy control network element determines that a PDU session includes a first PSA and The second PSA, the policy control network element determines that the usage monitoring of the first usage monitoring instance corresponding to the first monitoring key is performed on the first PSA.
  • the policy control network element may include: a determining unit 100, a sending unit 101, and a receiving unit 102.
  • the determining unit 100 is configured to determine to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA; the sending unit 101 is configured to send policy control information including a PCC rule to the session management network element, where the PCC rule carries the first monitoring key And information for indicating a policy corresponding to the execution of the PCC rule on the second PSA.
  • the determining unit 100 is configured to determine to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA; the sending unit 101 is configured to send the PCC rule to the session management network element, and to indicate that the performing is performed on the second PSA The policy control information of the information of the policy corresponding to the PCC rule; wherein the PCC rule carries the first monitoring key.
  • the determining unit 100 is configured to determine to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA; the sending unit 101 is configured to send, to the session management network element, an indication to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA, or to indicate in the PDU Policy control information for performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the session.
  • the receiving unit 102 is configured to receive, after the sending unit 101 sends the policy control information to the session management network element, a message that is sent by the session management network element and carries the information of adding the second PSA and the accumulated usage of the first monitoring key.
  • the receiving unit 102 is further configured to: after the sending unit 101 sends the policy control information to the session management network element, receive, by the session management network element, the first amount of the cumulative usage of the URR including the first PSA or the second PSA report included in the PDU session. The cumulative amount of monitoring key.
  • the policy control network element provided by the embodiment of the present application is used to execute the foregoing policy control method, so that the same effect as the above policy control method can be achieved.
  • the policy control network element may include a processing module and a communication module, and the processing module is configured to control and manage the action of the policy control network element.
  • the communication module is used to support communication of policy control network elements with other network entities, such as with the functional modules or network entities shown in FIG.
  • the policy control network element may further include a storage module for storing program code and data of the policy control network element.
  • the processing module can be a processor or a controller. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor can also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the communication module can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a communication interface.
  • the storage module can be a memory.
  • the processing module is a processor
  • the communication module is a communication interface
  • the storage module is a memory
  • the policy control network element involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG.
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • a software program it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center via wired (eg coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device that includes one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (SSD)) or the like.
  • a magnetic medium eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium eg, a DVD
  • a semiconductor medium such as a solid state disk (SSD)

Abstract

An embodiment of the present application relates to the technical field of communications, and disclosed thereby are a policy control method, equipment and system, which implement usage monitoring of a same usage monitoring instance on a plurality of PDU session anchors (PSAs). The method comprises that: a protocol data unit (PDU) session that is managed by a session management network element comprises a first PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element receives policy control information from a policy control network element after the session management network element sends a first usage report rule (URR) that corresponds to a first monitoring key to the first PSA, wherein the policy control information comprises a policy and charging control (PCC) rule, said PCC rule carrying the first monitoring key and an indication used for indicating a policy that corresponds to the PCC rule executed on the second PSA; and the session management network element sends a first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key.

Description

一种策略控制方法、设备及系统Strategy control method, device and system
本申请要求于2018年2月13日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201810150431.4、发明名称为“一种策略控制方法、设备及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 201810150431.4, entitled "Strategic Control Method, Equipment and System" by China National Intellectual Property Office on February 13, 2018, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference. In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种策略控制方法、设备及系统。The embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a policy control method, device, and system.
背景技术Background technique
在第五代(5 th Generation,5G)移动通信系统(简称5G系统)中,可以采用用量监控机制对实时的网络资源用量进行管控。其中,用量监控可以针对一个或者一组业务数据流进行监控,也可以针对整个协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit,PDU)会话上的业务数据流进行监控,不予限制。例如,在5G系统中,当用户接入网络建立PDU会话后,可以在该PDU会话包括的一个PDU会话锚点(PDU Session Anchor,PSA)上对业务数据流进行监控或者对该PDU会话进行监控。 In a fifth-generation (5 th Generation, 5G) mobile communication system (5G system), an amount of real-time network control mechanism for regulating the amount of resources may be employed. The usage monitoring can monitor one or a group of service data flows, and can also monitor the service data flow on the entire protocol data unit (PDU) session, and is not limited. For example, in a 5G system, after a user accesses a network to establish a PDU session, the service data stream can be monitored or monitored on a PDU Session Anchor (PSA) included in the PDU session. .
然而,对于一用量监控实例而言,现有5G系统仅支持在PDU会话包括的一个PSA上执行对该用量监控实例的用量监控,并不支持在该PDU会话包括的多个PSA上同时执行对该用量监控实例的用量监控。However, for a usage monitoring instance, the existing 5G system only supports the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance on one PSA included in the PDU session, and does not support simultaneous execution on multiple PSAs included in the PDU session. The usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种策略控制方法、设备及系统,以实现在多个PSA上执行对同一用量监控实例的进行用量监控。The embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, device, and system, so as to implement performing usage monitoring on the same usage monitoring instance on multiple PSAs.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案。To achieve the above objective, the embodiment of the present application adopts the following technical solutions.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种策略控制方法,该方法由会话管理网元执行,该会话管理网元管理的一个PDU会话包括第一PSA和第二PSA,会话管理网元向第一PSA发送第一监控键(monitoring key)对应的第一用量报告规则(Usage Report Rule,URR),该方法可以包括:接收来自策略控制网元的包括策略计费控制(Policy and Charging Control,PCC)规则的策略控制信息,该PCC规则携带第一monitoring key,以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息;向第二PSA发送PCC规则对应的第一包检测规则PDR和第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。基于本申请实施例提供的策略控制方法,在PDU会话包括多个PSA,且会话管理网元已向该PDU会话包括的某个PSA发送monitoring key对应的URR的情况下,会话管理网元接收策略控制网元发送的携带有PCC规则的策略控制信息,根据该PCC规则携带的monitoring key以及PCC规则携带的用于指示在其他PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息,向该PDU会话的其他PSA发送PDR以及该monitoring key对应的URR,以便其他PSA根据该PDR和URR进行用量监控,如此,实现了在多个PSA执行对同一monitoring key对应的同一用量监控实例的用量监控。In a first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, where the method is performed by a session management network element, and a PDU session managed by the session management network element includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element A PSA sends a first usage report rule (Usage Report Rule, URR) corresponding to a monitoring key, and the method may include: receiving a Policy and Charging Control (PCC) from the policy control network element. a policy control information of the rule, the PCC rule carrying a first monitoring key, and information for indicating a policy corresponding to the PCC rule being executed on the second PSA; and transmitting, by the second PSA, the first packet detection rule PDR corresponding to the PCC rule The second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key. Based on the policy control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, in the case that the PDU session includes multiple PSAs, and the session management network element has sent the URR corresponding to the monitoring key to a PSA included in the PDU session, the session management network element receives the policy. Controlling, by the network element, the policy control information carried by the PCC rule, according to the monitoring key carried by the PCC rule and the information carried by the PCC rule for indicating the policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the other PSA, to other PSAs of the PDU session. The PDR and the URR corresponding to the monitoring key are sent, so that other PSAs perform usage monitoring according to the PDR and the URR. Thus, the usage monitoring of the same usage monitoring instance corresponding to the same monitoring key is performed on multiple PSAs.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种策略控制方法,该方法由会话管理网元执行,该会话管理网元管理的一个PDU会话包括第一PSA和第二PSA,会话管理网元向第一PSA发送第一monitoring key对应的第一URR,该方法可以包括:会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的包括PCC规则、以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行该PCC规则对应的策略的信息的策略控制信息,该PCC规则携带第一monitoring key;会话管理网元向第二PSA发送PCC规则对应的第一PDR和第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。基于本申请实施例提供的策略控制方法,在PDU会话包括多个PSA,且会话管理网元已向该PDU会话包括的某个PSA发送monitoring key对应的URR的情况下,会话管理网元接收策略控制网元发送的携带有PCC规则以及用于指示在PDU会话包括的其他PSA上执行该PCC规则对应的策略的信息的策略控制信息,根据该PCC规则携带的monitoring key,以及策略控制信息包括的用于指示在其他PSA上执行该PCC规则对应的策略的信息,向该PDU会话的其他PSA发送PDR以及该monitoring key对应的URR,以便其他PSA根据该PDR和URR进行用量监控,如此,实现了在多个PSA执行对同一monitoring key对应的同一用量监控实例的用量监控。In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, where the method is performed by a session management network element, where a PDU session managed by the session management network element includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element A PSA sends a first URR corresponding to the first monitoring key, and the method may include: the session management network element receiving the PCC rule from the policy control network element, and the policy for indicating that the PCC rule is executed on the second PSA. The policy control information of the information, the PCC rule carries a first monitoring key; the session management network element sends a first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA. Based on the policy control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, in the case that the PDU session includes multiple PSAs, and the session management network element has sent the URR corresponding to the monitoring key to a PSA included in the PDU session, the session management network element receives the policy. Controlling, by the network element, the policy control information that carries the PCC rule and the information for indicating the policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the other PSAs included in the PDU session, the monitoring key carried according to the PCC rule, and the policy control information included. The information indicating that the policy corresponding to the PCC rule is executed on the other PSAs is sent to the other PSAs of the PDU session and the URR corresponding to the monitoring key, so that other PSAs perform usage monitoring according to the PDR and the URR, thus implementing The usage monitoring of the same usage monitoring instance corresponding to the same monitoring key is performed on multiple PSAs.
在第一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第二方面,在会话管理网元向第二PSA发送PCC规则对应的第一包检测规则PDR和第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,所述方法还包括:会话管理网元根据PCC规则中的业务数据流模板确定第一PDR的分组检测信息,以及为第一monitoring key确定第二URR;其中,第一PDR包括第二URR的标识。如此,可以在会话管理网元向第二PSA发送PDR和URR之前,根据PCC规则确定出PDR,并为第一monitoring key确定出URR,以便PDR与该URR关联。In a first possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, before the session management network element sends the first packet detection rule PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, The method further includes: determining, by the session management network element, packet detection information of the first PDR according to the service data flow template in the PCC rule, and determining a second URR for the first monitoring key; wherein the first PDR includes the identifier of the second URR . In this way, before the session management network element sends the PDR and the URR to the second PSA, the PDR is determined according to the PCC rule, and the URR is determined for the first monitoring key, so that the PDR is associated with the URR.
在第二种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第二方面或者第一种可能的设计,第一用量监控实例为业务数据流级用量监控实例,如此,通过上述方案可以实现在多个PSA上执行对同一业务数据流级用量监控实例的用量监控。In a second possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the second aspect or the first possible design, the first usage monitoring instance is an instance of the traffic data flow level usage monitoring, and thus, the foregoing scheme can be implemented in multiple PSAs. Perform usage monitoring on the same business data flow level usage monitoring instance.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种策略控制方法,该方法由会话管理网元执行,该会话管理网元管理的一个PDU会话包括第一PSA和第二PSA,会话管理网元向第一PSA发送第一monitoring key对应的第一URR,第一monitoring key对应会话级用量监控实例;该方法可以包括:会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的策略控制信息,该策略控制信息用于指示在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于指示在PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控;会话管理网元向第二PSA发送第一monitoring key对应的第二URR,其中,第二URR与第二PSA执行的至少一个分组检测规则(Packet Detection Rule,PDR)关联,每个PDR匹配的业务数据包括在会话级用量监控中。基于本申请实施例提供的策略控制方法,在PDU会话包括多个PSA,且会话管理网元已向该PDU会话包括的某个PSA发送会话级用量监控实例对应的monitoring key所对应的URR的情况下,会话管理网元接收策略控制网元发送的用于指示在该PDU会话包括的其他PSA上执行会话级用量监控或者用于指示在PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的策略控制信息,根据该策略控制信息的指示,向该PDU会话的其他PSA发送会话级用量监控实例对应的monitoring key所对应的新的URR,以便其他PSA根据该URR以及该URR所关联的至少一个PDR进行用量监控,如此,实现了在多个PSA执行对同一会话级用量监控实例的用量监控。In a third aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, where the method is performed by a session management network element, and a PDU session managed by the session management network element includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element A PSA sends a first URR corresponding to the first monitoring key, where the first monitoring key corresponds to a session-level usage monitoring instance; the method may include: the session management network element receives policy control information from the policy control network element, where the policy control information is used Instructing to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA, or to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs included in the PDU session; the session management network element sends a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, where The second URR is associated with at least one Packet Detection Rule (PDR) performed by the second PSA, and the service data matched by each PDR is included in the session level usage monitoring. Based on the policy control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the PDU session includes multiple PSAs, and the session management network element has sent the URR corresponding to the monitoring key corresponding to the session-level usage monitoring instance to a PSA included in the PDU session. The session management network element receives policy control sent by the network control network element to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on other PSAs included in the PDU session or is used to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs included in the PDU session. The information, according to the indication of the policy control information, sends a new URR corresponding to the monitoring key corresponding to the session-level usage monitoring instance to the other PSAs of the PDU session, so that the other PSAs perform according to the URR and the at least one PDR associated with the URR. The usage monitoring, in this way, enables the usage monitoring of the same session level usage monitoring instance in multiple PSAs.
在第三种可能的设计中,结合第三方面,在会话管理网元向第二PSA发送第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,所述方法还包括:会话管理网元为第一monitoring key确定第二 URR。如此,可以在会话管理网元向第二PSA发送第二monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,由会话管理网元自身确定第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。In a third possible design, in combination with the third aspect, before the session management network element sends the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, the method further includes: the session management network element is the first monitoring key. Determine the second URR. In this manner, before the session management network element sends the second URR corresponding to the second monitoring key to the second PSA, the session management network element itself determines the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key.
在第四种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第二方面或者第三方面或者上述任一种可能的设计,策略控制网元发送的策略控制信息还包括:第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值和用于指示第一用量阈值不用于覆盖会话管理网元之前接收到的第一monitoring key的用量阈值的第一指示;会话管理网元为第一monitoring key确定第二URR,具体为:会话管理网元根据第一用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值。如此,可以由策略控制网元通过策略控制信息为第二PSA重新分配第一monitoring key的用量阈值,以便会话管理网元接收到该策略控制信息后,根据策略控制网元新下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值确定第一monitoring key的第二URR。In a fourth possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or any of the foregoing possible designs, the policy control information sent by the policy control network element further includes: the first usage of the first monitoring key a threshold and a first indication indicating that the first usage threshold is not used to cover a usage threshold of the first monitoring key received before the session management network element; the session management network element determines a second URR for the first monitoring key, specifically: a session The management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the first usage threshold. In this way, the policy control network element can re-allocate the usage threshold of the first monitoring key for the second PSA by using the policy control information, so that after the session management network element receives the policy control information, the first control network element sends the first new one according to the policy. The usage threshold of the monitoring key determines the second URR of the first monitoring key.
在第五种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第二方面或者第三方面或者上述任一种可能的设计,会话管理网元为第一monitoring key确定第二URR,具体为:会话管理网元向第一PSA请求上报第一URR的累计用量;会话管理网元接收第一PSA报告的第一URR的累计用量;会话管理网元根据第一URR的累计用量,确定可用的用量阈值;会话管理网元根据可用的用量阈值,确定第二URR的用量阈值。如此,可以由会话管理网元根据第一monitoring key对应的可用的用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值,并将第二URR下发给第二PSA。In a fifth possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or any of the foregoing possible designs, the session management network element determines a second URR for the first monitoring key, specifically: a session management network. The meta-requests the first PAR to report the cumulative usage of the first URR; the session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA; the session management network element determines the available usage threshold according to the cumulative usage of the first URR; The management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the available usage threshold. In this manner, the session management network element may determine the usage threshold of the second URR according to the available usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key, and send the second URR to the second PSA.
在第六种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第二方面或者第三方面或者上述任一种可能的设计,会话管理网元为第一monitoring key确定第二URR,具体为:会话管理网元判断是否有第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值;在存在剩余的用量阈值的情况下,会话管理网元根据剩余的用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值;或者;在没有剩余的用量阈值的情况下,会话管理网元向第一PSA请求上报第一URR的累计用量;会话管理网元接收第一PSA报告的第一URR的累计用量;会话管理网元根据第一URR的累计用量,确定可用的用量阈值,并根据可用的用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值。如此,可以由会话管理网元根据第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值,并将第二URR下发给第二PSA,或者在没有第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值的情况下,将根据第一monitoring key对应的可用的用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值,并将第二URR下发给第二PSA。In a sixth possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or any of the foregoing possible designs, the session management network element determines a second URR for the first monitoring key, specifically: the session management network. The element determines whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key; if there is a remaining usage threshold, the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the remaining usage threshold; or; The session management network element requests the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR; the session management network element receives the accumulated usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA; and the session management network element uses the cumulative usage of the first URR according to the usage. The available usage threshold is determined and the usage threshold for the second URR is determined based on the available usage threshold. In this manner, the session management network element may determine the usage threshold of the second URR according to the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key, and send the second URR to the second PSA, or the remaining one corresponding to the first monitoring key. In the case of the usage threshold, the usage threshold of the second URR is determined according to the available usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key, and the second URR is delivered to the second PSA.
在第七种可能的设计中,结合第五种可能的设计或者第六种可能的设计,所述方法还包括:会话管理网元根据可用的用量阈值更新第一URR的用量阈值;会话管理网元向第一PSA发送更新后的第一URR。如此,可以由会话管理网元根据第一monitoring key对应的可用的用量阈值重新调整第一URR的用量阈值。In a seventh possible design, in combination with the fifth possible design or the sixth possible design, the method further includes: the session management network element updates the usage threshold of the first URR according to the available usage threshold; the session management network The element sends the updated first URR to the first PSA. In this manner, the session management network element may re-adjust the usage threshold of the first URR according to the available usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key.
在第八种可能的设计中,结合第五种可能的设计至第七种可能的设计中的任一种可能的设计,可用的用量阈值为会话管理网元从策略管理网元接收到的第一monitoring key的用量阈值与会话管理网元接收到的第一URR的累计用量的差值。In an eighth possible design, combining any of the fifth possible design to the seventh possible design, the available usage threshold is the number of the session management network element received from the policy management network element. The difference between the usage threshold of a monitoring key and the cumulative usage of the first URR received by the session management network element.
在第九种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第二方面或者第三方面或者上述任一种可能的设计,策略控制信息还包括第一monitoring key的第二用量阈值;会话管理网元为第一monitoring key确定第二URR,具体为:会话管理网元根据第二用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值。如此,可以由策略控制网元重新下发第一monitoring key的用量阈值,以便会话管理网元根据下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值,并下发给第二 PSA。需要说明的是,在第九种可能的设计中,会话管理网元还可以根据第二用量阈值更新第一URR的用量阈值,并将更新后的第一URR下发给第一PSA。In a ninth possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or any one of the foregoing possible designs, the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the first monitoring key; the session management network element is The first monitoring key determines the second URR. Specifically, the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the second usage threshold. In this manner, the usage threshold of the first monitoring key may be re-issued by the policy control network element, so that the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the usage threshold of the first monitoring key, and sends the usage threshold to the second PSA. . It should be noted that, in the ninth possible design, the session management network element may further update the usage threshold of the first URR according to the second usage threshold, and deliver the updated first URR to the first PSA.
在第十种可能的设计中,结合第九种可能的设计,在会话管理网元从策略控制网元接收策略控制信息之前,所述方法还包括:会话管理网元向第一PSA请求上报第一URR的累计用量,接收第一PSA报告的第一URR的累计用量;会话管理网元向策略控制网元发送消息,其中,消息携带新增第二PSA的指示和第一monitoring key的累计用量的信息,第一monitoring key的累计用量包括第一URR的累计用量。如此,便于策略控制网元根据用量签约的用量限额、第一monitoring key的累计用量重新下发第一monitoring key对应的用量阈值。In a tenth possible design, in combination with the ninth possible design, before the session management network element receives the policy control information from the policy control network element, the method further includes: the session management network element requests the first PSA to report the first The cumulative usage of a URR receives the accumulated usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA; the session management network element sends a message to the policy control network element, wherein the message carries the indication of adding the second PSA and the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key The information, the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the first URR. In this manner, the policy control network element re-delivers the usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key according to the usage quota of the usage quota and the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key.
在第十一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第二方面或者第三方面或者上述任一种可能的设计,会话管理网元向第二PSA发送PCC规则对应的第一PDR和第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之后,所述方法还包括:会话管理网元接收PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量,会话管理网元向策略控制网元上报第一monitoring key的累计用量;其中,第一monitoring key的累计用量包括任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;或者,会话管理网元接收PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量,会话管理网元判断是否有第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值;在存在剩余的用量阈值的情况下,会话管理网元根据剩余的用量阈值更新任一PSA报告的URR的用量阈值;在没有剩余的用量阈值的情况下,会话管理网元向策略控制网元报告第一monitoring key的累计用量;其中,第一monitoring key的累计用量包括任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量,任一PSA为第一PSA或者第二PSA。如此,可以会话管理网元在接收到PSA上报的URR的累计用量后,向策略控制网元发送该URR对应的monitoring key的累计用量,以便策略控制网元重新下发该monitoring key对应的用量阈值;或者根据自身存储的第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值调整URR的用量阈值,并将调整后的URR重新下发给PSA,不需要将URR对应的monitoring key的累计用量报告该策略控制网元,以降低策略控制网元的功耗;或者在不存在第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值的情况下,才向策略控制网元发送该URR对应的monitoring key的累计用量,以便策略控制网元重新下发该monitoring key对应的用量阈值。In an eleventh possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or any of the foregoing possible designs, the session management network element sends the first PDR and the first corresponding to the PCC rule to the second PSA. After the second URR corresponding to the monitoring key, the method further includes: the session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the PDU session, and the session management network element reports the accumulation of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element. The usage amount of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by any PSA; or the session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the PDU session, and the session management network element determines whether there is any The remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key; if there is a remaining usage threshold, the session management network element updates the usage threshold of the URR reported by any PSA according to the remaining usage threshold; if there is no remaining usage threshold The session management network element reports the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element; wherein, the first monitoring key is tired Includes any amount of the accumulated amount of PSA URR report, either of a first PSA is a PSA or the second PSA. In this manner, after receiving the cumulative usage of the URR reported by the PSA, the session management network element sends the cumulative usage of the monitoring key corresponding to the URR to the policy control network element, so that the policy control network element re-issues the usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key. Or, according to the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key, the URR usage threshold is adjusted, and the adjusted URR is re-issued to the PSA, and the cumulative usage of the monitoring key corresponding to the URR is not required to be reported to the policy control network. To reduce the power consumption of the network element by using the lowering policy, or to send the cumulative usage of the monitoring key corresponding to the URR to the policy control network element for policy control if the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key does not exist. The network element re-issues the usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key.
在第十二种可能的设计中,结合第十一种可能的设计,当会话管理网元向策略控制网元报告第一monitoring key的累计用量时,所述方法还包括:会话管理网元向策略控制网元发送任一PSA的标识;其中,该PSA的标识用于标识PSA,以便策略控制网元获知是哪个PSA上报的累计用量,为策略控制网元后续制定监控策略提供参考依据。In a twelfth possible design, in combination with the eleventh possible design, when the session management network element reports the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element, the method further includes: the session management network element The policy control network element sends the identifier of any PSA. The identifier of the PSA is used to identify the PSA, so that the policy control network element can know which PSA is reported to be used, and provide a reference for the policy control network element to subsequently develop a monitoring policy.
在第十三种可能的设计中,结合第六种可能的设计或者第十一种可能的设计或者第十二种可能的设计,剩余的用量阈值为会话管理网元从策略管理网元接收到的第一monitoring key对应的用量阈值中还没有分配给URR的用量阈值。In the thirteenth possible design, in combination with the sixth possible design or the eleventh possible design or the twelfth possible design, the remaining usage threshold is received by the session management network element from the policy management network element. There is no usage threshold assigned to the URR in the usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种策略控制方法,该方法由策略控制网元执行,策略控制网元确定一个PDU会话包括第一PSA和第二PSA,策略控制网元确定第一PSA上执行第一monitoring key对应的第一用量监控实例的用量监控;所述方法还包括:确定在第二PSA上执行对第一用量监控实例的用量监控;向会话管理网元发送包括PCC规则的策略控制信息;其中,PCC规则携带第一monitoring key,以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息。基于本申请实施例提供的策略控制方法,在PDU会话包括多个PSA,且该PDU会话包括的某个PSA执行monitoring key对应的用量监控实例的用量监控的情况下, 策略控制网元确定该PDU会话包括的其他PSA也执行对该用量监控实例的用量监控,向会话管理网元发送携带有PCC规则的策略控制信息,以便会话管理网元根据该PCC规则携带的monitoring key以及PCC规则携带的用于指示在其他PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息,向该PDU会话的其他PSA发送PDR以及该monitoring key对应的URR,如此,使得其他PSA根据该PDR和URR进行用量监控,实现了在多个PSA执行对同一monitoring key对应的同一用量监控实例的用量监控。In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, where the method is performed by a policy control network element, where the policy control network element determines that a PDU session includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the policy control network element determines the first PSA. Performing usage monitoring of the first usage monitoring instance corresponding to the first monitoring key; the method further includes: determining to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA; and sending the PCC rule to the session management network element Policy control information; wherein the PCC rule carries a first monitoring key, and information for indicating a policy corresponding to the PCC rule being executed on the second PSA. The policy control network element determines the PDU according to the policy control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, in a case that the PDU session includes multiple PSAs, and the PSA performs the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key. The other PSAs included in the session also perform the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance, and send the policy control information carrying the PCC rules to the session management network element, so that the session management network element carries the monitoring key carried by the PCC rule and the PCC rule. The information indicating the policy corresponding to the PCC rule is performed on the other PSAs, and the PDR corresponding to the monitoring key is sent to the other PSAs of the PDU session, so that other PSAs perform usage monitoring according to the PDR and the URR, thereby realizing more The PSAs perform usage monitoring of the same usage monitoring instance corresponding to the same monitoring key.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种策略控制方法,该方法由策略控制网元执行,策略控制网元确定一个PDU会话包括第一PSA和第二PSA,策略控制网元确定第一PSA上执行第一monitoring key对应的第一用量监控实例的用量监控;所述方法还包括:确定在第二PSA上执行对第一用量监控实例的用量监控;向会话管理网元发送包括PCC规则、以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行该PCC规则对应的策略的信息的策略控制信息;其中,PCC规则携带第一monitoring key。基于本申请实施例提供的策略控制方法,在PDU会话包括多个PSA,且该PDU会话包括的某个PSA执行monitoring key对应的用量监控实例的用量监控的情况下,策略控制网元确定该PDU会话包括的其他PSA也执行对该用量监控实例的用量监控,向会话管理网元发送携带有PCC规则以及用于指示在其他PSA上执行该PCC规则对应的策略的信息的策略控制信息,以便会话管理网元根据该PCC规则携带的monitoring key以及用于指示在其他PSA上执行该PCC规则对应的策略的信息,向该PDU会话的其他PSA发送PDR以及该monitoring key对应的URR,如此,使得其他PSA根据该PDR和URR进行用量监控,实现了在多个PSA执行对同一monitoring key对应的同一用量监控实例的用量监控。In a fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, where the method is performed by a policy control network element, where the policy control network element determines that a PDU session includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the policy control network element determines the first PSA. Performing usage monitoring of the first usage monitoring instance corresponding to the first monitoring key; the method further includes: determining to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA; and sending the PCC rule to the session management network element, And policy control information for indicating information for executing a policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the second PSA; wherein the PCC rule carries the first monitoring key. The policy control network element determines the PDU according to the policy control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, in a case that the PDU session includes multiple PSAs, and the PSA performs the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key. The other PSAs included in the session also perform the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance, and send the policy control information carrying the PCC rule and the information for indicating the policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the other PSA for the session management network element, so that the session is The management network element sends the PDR and the URR corresponding to the monitoring key to other PSAs of the PDU session according to the monitoring key carried in the PCC rule and the information indicating the policy corresponding to the execution of the PCC rule on the other PSA, so that the other The PSA performs usage monitoring based on the PDR and the URR, and implements usage monitoring of the same usage monitoring instance corresponding to the same monitoring key in multiple PSAs.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种策略控制方法,该方法由策略控制网元执行,策略控制网元确定一个PDU会话包括第一PDU会话锚点PSA和第二PSA,策略控制网元确定第一PSA上执行第一monitoring key对应的会话级用量监控实例的用量监控;该方法包括:确定在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控;向会话管理网元发送用于指示在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于指示在PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的策略控制信息。基于本申请实施例提供的策略控制方法,在PDU会话包括多个PSA,且该PDU会话包括的某个PSA执行monitoring key对应的用量监控实例的用量监控的情况下,策略控制网元确定该PDU会话包括的其他PSA也执行对该用量监控实例的用量监控,向会话管理网元发送用于指示在该PDU会话包括的其他PSA上执行会话级用量监控或者用于指示在PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的策略控制信息,以便会话管理网元根据该策略控制信息的指示向该PDU会话的其他PSA发送会话级用量监控实例对应的monitoring key所对应的新的URR,如此,使得其他PSA根据该URR以及该URR所关联的至少一个PDR进行用量监控,实现了在多个PSA执行对同一会话级用量监控实例的用量监控。In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a policy control method, where the method is controlled by a policy control network element, where the policy control network element determines that a PDU session includes a first PDU session anchor point PSA and a second PSA, and the policy control network element Determining the usage monitoring of the session-level usage monitoring instance corresponding to the first monitoring key on the first PSA; the method includes: determining to perform session-level usage monitoring on the second PSA; and sending the indication to the session management network element for indicating the second PSA Perform session level usage monitoring or policy control information indicating that session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs included in the PDU session. The policy control network element determines the PDU according to the policy control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, in a case that the PDU session includes multiple PSAs, and the PSA performs the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key. The other PSAs included in the session also perform usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance, and send to the session management network element to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on other PSAs included in the PDU session or to indicate all PSAs included in the PDU session. The policy control information is performed on the session-level usage monitoring, so that the session management network element sends a new URR corresponding to the monitoring key corresponding to the session-level usage monitoring instance to the other PSAs of the PDU session according to the indication of the policy control information, so that The other PSA performs usage monitoring according to the URR and at least one PDR associated with the URR, and implements monitoring of the usage of the same session-level usage monitoring instance in multiple PSAs.
在第十四种可能的设计中,结合第四方面或者第五方面或者第六方面,策略控制信息还包括:第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值和第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一用量阈值不用于覆盖策略控制网元之前向会话管理网元提供的第一monitoring key的用量阈值。如此,策略控制网元可以通过策略控制信息为第二PSA重新分配第一monitoring key的用量阈值,以便会话管理网元接收到该策略控制信息后,根据策略控制网元新下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值确定第一monitoring key的第二URR。In a fourteenth possible design, in combination with the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, or the sixth aspect, the policy control information further includes: a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate The usage threshold is not used to cover the usage threshold of the first monitoring key provided to the session management network element before the policy control network element. In this manner, the policy control network element may re-allocate the usage threshold of the first monitoring key for the second PSA by using the policy control information, so that after the session management network element receives the policy control information, the first monitoring is automatically performed according to the policy. The usage threshold of the key determines the second URR of the first monitoring key.
在第十五种可能的设计中,结合第十四种可能的设计,第一用量阈值根据用户签约的所述第一用量监控实例的用量限额、所述第一用量监控实例的累计用量和策略控制网元已下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值确定。In a fifteenth possible design, in combination with the fourteenth possible design, the first usage threshold is based on a usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user, a cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance, and a policy. The usage threshold of the first monitoring key that has been delivered by the control network element is determined.
在第十六种可能的设计中,结合第四方面或者第五方面或者第六方面,策略控制信息还包括:策略控制信息还包括第二monitoring key的第二用量阈值;在策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送策略控制信息之前,所述方法还包括:策略控制网元接收会话管理网元发送的消息,其中,消息携带新增第二PSA的指示和第一monitoring key的累计用量的信息,其中,第一monitoring key的累计用量包括第一PSA报告的URR的累计用量。如此,策略控制网元可以根据用量签约的用量限额、第一monitoring key的累计用量重新下发第一monitoring key的用量阈值,以便会话管理网元根据下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值,并下发给第二PSA。In a sixteenth possible design, in combination with the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, or the sixth aspect, the policy control information further includes: the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the second monitoring key; and the policy control network element Before the session management network element sends the policy control information, the method further includes: the policy control network element receives the message sent by the session management network element, where the message carries the indication of adding the second PSA and the accumulated usage of the first monitoring key. The cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by the first PSA. In this manner, the policy control network element may re-deliver the usage threshold of the first monitoring key according to the usage quota of the usage quota and the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key, so that the session management network element determines the usage threshold according to the usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered. The threshold of the second URR is used and issued to the second PSA.
在第十七种可能的设计中,结合第四方面或者第五方面或者第六方面或者第十四种可能的设计至第十六种可能的设计中的任一种可能的设计,在策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送策略控制信息之后,所述方法还包括:策略控制网元接收会话管理网元报告的第一monitoring key的累计用量,其中,第一monitoring key的累计用量包括PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;任一PSA为第一PSA或第二PSA。如此,策略控制网元可以根据会话管理网元上报的第一monitoring key的累计用量重新下发第一monitoring key的用量阈值。In the seventeenth possible design, in combination with the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect or the fourteenth possible design to any one of the sixteenth possible designs, in the policy control After the network element sends the policy control information to the session management network element, the method further includes: the policy control network element receives the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key reported by the session management network element, where the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the PDU session. The cumulative amount of URR reported for any PSA included; either PSA is the first PSA or the second PSA. In this manner, the policy control network element may re-issue the usage threshold of the first monitoring key according to the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key reported by the session management network element.
在第十八种可能的设计中,结合第十七种可能的设计,所述方法还包括:策略控制网元接收任一PSA的标识。其中,该PSA的标识用于标识PSA,以便策略控制网元获知是哪个PSA上报的累计用量,为策略控制网元后续制定监控策略提供参考依据。In an eighteenth possible design, in combination with the seventeenth possible design, the method further comprises: the policy control network element receiving the identity of any of the PSAs. The identifier of the PSA is used to identify the PSA, so that the policy control network element can know which PSA is reported to be used, and provide a reference for the policy control network element to subsequently develop a monitoring policy.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种会话管理网元,该会话管理网元管理的一个PDU会话包括第一PSA和第二PSA,该会话管理网元向第一PSA发送第一monitoring key对应的第一URR,该会话管理网元可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中会话管理网元所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如:该会话管理网元可以包括:接收单元,发送单元。In a seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a session management network element, where a PDU session managed by the session management network element includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element sends a first monitoring key corresponding to the first PSA. The first URR, the session management network element can implement the functions performed by the session management network element in the above aspects or in each possible design, and the functions can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software through hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, the session management network element may include: a receiving unit, and a sending unit.
一种可能的设计中,接收单元用于接收来自策略控制网元的策略控制信息;其中,策略控制信息包括PCC规则;PCC规则携带第一monitoring key,以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息;发送单元,用于向第二PSA发送PCC规则对应的第一包检测规则PDR和第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。In a possible design, the receiving unit is configured to receive policy control information from the policy control network element; wherein the policy control information includes a PCC rule; the PCC rule carries a first monitoring key, and is used to indicate that the PCC is executed on the second PSA. The information about the policy corresponding to the rule; the sending unit, configured to send, to the second PSA, the first packet detection rule PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key.
又一种可能的设计中,接收单元用于接收来自策略控制网元的策略控制信息;其中,策略控制信息包括PCC规则以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息;PCC规则携带第一monitoring key;发送单元,用于向第二PSA发送PCC规则对应的第一包检测规则PDR和第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。In another possible design, the receiving unit is configured to receive policy control information from the policy control network element, where the policy control information includes a PCC rule and information for indicating a policy corresponding to the PCC rule being executed on the second PSA; The rule carries a first monitoring key, and the sending unit is configured to send, to the second PSA, a first packet detection rule PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key.
再一种可能的设计中,第一monitoring key对应会话级用量监控实例,接收单元,用于接收来自策略控制网元的用于指示在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于指示在PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的策略控制信息;发送单元,用于向第二PSA发送第一monitoring key对应的第二URR,其中,第二URR与第二PSA执行的至少一个分组检测规则PDR关联,每个PDR匹配的业务数据包括在会话级用量监控中。In another possible design, the first monitoring key corresponds to the session-level usage monitoring instance, and the receiving unit is configured to receive from the policy control network element to indicate that the session-level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA, or is used to indicate that a policy control information for performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the PDU session; a sending unit, configured to send a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, where the second URR and the second PSA perform at least one The packet detection rule is associated with the PDR, and the service data matched by each PDR is included in the session level usage monitoring.
其中,会话管理网元的具体实现方式可以参考第一方面或第二方面或第三方面或第一种可能的设计至第十三中可能的设计中任一种可能的设计提供的策略控制方法中会话管理网元的行为功能,在此不再重复赘述。因此,该提供的会话管理网元可以达到与第一方面或第二方面或第三方面或第一种可能的设计至第十三中可能的设计中任一种可能的设计相同的有益效果。The specific implementation manner of the session management network element may refer to the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or the policy control method provided by any one of the possible designs of the first possible design to the thirteenth possible design. The behavior of the session management network element is not repeated here. Thus, the provided session management network element can achieve the same benefits as any of the possible aspects of the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or the first possible design to the thirteenth possible design.
第八方面,提供了一种会话管理网元,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该会话管理网元运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该会话管理网元执行如上述第一方面或第二方面或第三方面或第一种可能的设计至第十三中可能的设计中任一种可能的设计所述的策略控制方法。In an eighth aspect, a session management network element is provided, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, and when the session management network element is running, the processor executes the computer execution instruction stored by the memory a policy control method for causing the session management network element to perform any of the possible designs of the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or the first possible design to the thirteenth possible design .
第九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面或第二方面或第三方面或第一种可能的设计至第十三中可能的设计中任一种可能的设计所述的策略控制方法。A ninth aspect, a computer readable storage medium having instructions stored therein that, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or The first possible design is to any of the possible designs in the thirteenth possible design of the strategy control method described.
第十方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面或第二方面或第三方面或第一种可能的设计至第十三中可能的设计中任一种可能的设计所述的策略控制方法。According to a tenth aspect, there is provided a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or the first possible design to the thirteenth Any of the possible designs may be designed to describe the policy control method.
第十一方面,提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器、通信接口,用于支持会话管理网元实现上述方面中所涉及的功能,例如支持会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的包括PCC规则的策略控制信息或者包括PCC规则以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息的策略控制信息,通过通信接口向第二PSA发送PCC规则对应的第一PDR和第一monitoring key对应的第二URR;或者支持会话管理网元接收接收来自策略控制网元的用于指示在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于指示在PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的策略控制信息;并通过通信接口向第二PSA发送第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存会话管理网元必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eleventh aspect, a chip system is provided, the chip system comprising a processor and a communication interface, configured to support a session management network element to implement functions involved in the foregoing aspects, for example, supporting a session management network element to receive a policy control network element. The policy control information including the PCC rule or the policy control information including the PCC rule and the information indicating the policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the second PSA, and the first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule is sent to the second PSA through the communication interface. a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key; or supporting the session management network element to receive and receive from the policy control network element for indicating that session level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA, or for indicating all PSAs included in the PDU session The policy control information of the session-level usage monitoring is performed; and the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key is sent to the second PSA through the communication interface. In one possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and data necessary for the session management network element. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
其中,第七方面至第十一方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见第一方面或第二方面或第三方面的不同设计方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The technical effects brought by any one of the seventh aspect to the eleventh aspect can be seen in the technical effects brought by the first aspect or the second aspect or the different design manners of the third aspect. Narration.
第十二方面,提供了一种策略控制网元,策略控制网元确定一个PDU会话包括第一PSA和第二PSA,策略控制网元确定第一PSA上执行第一monitoring key对应的第一用量监控实例的用量监控,该策略控制网元具有实现上述第四方面或第五方面或第六方面所述的方法中策略控制网元的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。如:该策略控制网元可以包括:确定单元,发送单元;According to a twelfth aspect, a policy control network element is provided. The policy control network element determines that a PDU session includes a first PSA and a second PSA, and the policy control network element determines that the first usage amount corresponding to the first monitoring key is performed on the first PSA. Monitoring the usage of the instance, the policy control network element has the function of implementing the policy control network element in the method described in the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above. For example, the policy control network element may include: a determining unit, a sending unit;
一种可能的设计中,确定单元用于确定在第二PSA上执行对第一用量监控实例的用量监控;发送单元用于向会话管理网元发送包括PCC规则的策略控制信息;其中,PCC规则携带第一monitoring key,以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息。In a possible design, the determining unit is configured to determine to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA; the sending unit is configured to send policy control information including the PCC rule to the session management network element; wherein, the PCC rule Carrying a first monitoring key, and information indicating a policy corresponding to the execution of the PCC rule on the second PSA.
又一种可能的设计中,确定单元用于确定在第二PSA上执行对第一用量监控实例的用量监控;发送单元用于向会话管理网元发送包括PCC规则、以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行该PCC规则对应的策略的信息的策略控制信息;其中,PCC规则携带第一monitoring  key。In another possible design, the determining unit is configured to determine to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA; the sending unit is configured to send the PCC rule to the session management network element, and to indicate the second The policy control information of the information of the policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the PSA; wherein the PCC rule carries the first monitoring key.
再一种可能的设计中,确定单元用于确定在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控;发送单元用于向会话管理网元发送用于指示在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于指示在PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的策略控制信息。In a further possible design, the determining unit is configured to determine to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA; the sending unit is configured to send, to the session management network element, to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA, or Policy control information indicating that session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs included in the PDU session.
其中,策略控制网元的具体实现方式可以参考第四方面或第五方面或第六方面的可能的实现方式提供的策略控制方法中策略控制网元的行为功能,在此不再重复赘述。因此,该提供的策略控制网元可以达到与第四方面或第五方面或第六方面相同的有益效果。For a specific implementation manner of the policy control network element, reference may be made to the behavior function of the policy control network element in the policy control method provided by the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, and details are not repeatedly described herein. Therefore, the provided policy control network element can achieve the same beneficial effects as the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect.
第十三方面,提供了一种策略控制网元,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该策略控制网元运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该策略控制网元执行如上述第四方面或第五方面或第六方面所述的策略控制方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a policy control network element is provided, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, and when the policy control network element is running, the processor executes the computer execution of the memory storage The instructions are such that the policy control network element performs the policy control method as described in the above fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect.
第十四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第四方面或第五方面或第六方面所述的策略控制方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a computer readable storage medium is provided having stored therein instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the fourth aspect or the fifth or sixth aspect described above The policy control method described.
第十五方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第四方面或第五方面或第六方面中任意一项所述的策略控制方法。A fifteenth aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions, which when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the policy control method of any of the above fourth aspect or the fifth or sixth aspect .
第十六方面,提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器、通信接口,用于支持策略控制网元实现上述方面中所涉及的功能,例如支持策略控制网元确定在第二PSA上执行对第一用量监控实例的用量监控,并通过通信接口向会话管理网元发送包括PCC规则的策略控制信息,或者包括PCC规则、以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行该PCC规则对应的策略的信息的策略控制信息;或者支持策略控制网元确定在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,并通过通信接口向会话管理网元发送用于指示在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于指示在PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的策略控制信息。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存策略控制网元必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。According to a sixteenth aspect, a chip system is provided, the chip system includes a processor and a communication interface, and is configured to support a policy control network element to implement functions involved in the foregoing aspects, for example, supporting a policy control network element to determine on the second PSA. Performing the monitoring of the usage of the first usage monitoring instance, and transmitting the policy control information including the PCC rule to the session management network element through the communication interface, or including the PCC rule, and the policy for indicating that the PCC rule is executed on the second PSA. The policy control information of the information; or the support policy control network element determines to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA, and sends to the session management network element through the communication interface to indicate that the session level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA, or Policy control information for indicating session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the PDU session. In one possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and data necessary for the policy control network element. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
其中,第十二方面至第十六方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见第四方面或第五方面或第六方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The technical effects brought by any one of the twelfth to sixteenth aspects can be referred to the technical effects brought by the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the different aspects of the sixth aspect. Let me repeat.
第十七方面,提供一种策略控制系统,所述系统包括第七方面至第十一方面任一方面所述的会话管理网元、第十二方面至第十六方面任一方面所述的策略控制网元、以及至少两个PSA。In a seventeenth aspect, a policy control system is provided, the system comprising the session management network element according to any one of the seventh aspect to the eleventh aspect, The policy controls the network element and at least two PSAs.
本申请的这些方面或其他方面在以下实施例的描述中会更加简明易懂。These and other aspects of the present application will be more readily apparent from the following description of the embodiments.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本申请实施例提供的系统架构图;1 is a system architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的5G系统架构图;2 is a schematic diagram of a 5G system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种策略控制方法流程图;4 is a flowchart of a policy control method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4a为本申请实施例提供的PSA上报累计用量的流程图;4a is a flowchart of a PSA reporting cumulative usage provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的又一种策略控制方法流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of still another method for controlling a policy according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种策略控制方法流程图;FIG. 6 is a flowchart of still another method for controlling a policy according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种策略控制方法流程图;FIG. 7 is a flowchart of still another method for controlling a policy according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种策略控制方法流程图;FIG. 8 is a flowchart of still another method for controlling a policy according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种会话管理网元的结构图;FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a session management network element according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种策略控制网元的结构图。FIG. 10 is a structural diagram of a policy control network element according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
首先,为了便于理解本申请实施例,对本申请实施例涉及的一些技术术语进行描述:First, in order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, some technical terms involved in the embodiments of the present application are described:
用量监控:对网络资源的用量进行监控,如:可以对一种业务数据流数据流进行监控,还可以对一组业务数据流进行用量监控,甚至对一个PDU会话上的所有业务数据流进行用量监控,不予限制。用户可以与运营商签订用量监控协议,其中,用户签约的用量监控协议规定了需要监控的业务数据流的类型、及其签约的用量限额(volume limit或者time limit),如:用户向运营商签订协议时,可以选择运营商对其访问搜狐视频时的网络资源进行单独的用量监控,并且对访问搜狐视频签订了1G的流量。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,用量可以指流量(Volumn),也可以指时间Time,不予限制。在本申请实施例中,可以根据用量监控所监控的网络资源的不同,将用量监控划分为业务数据流级用量监控、会话级用量监控两种类型的用量监控。Usage monitoring: Monitors the usage of network resources, such as monitoring the traffic of a service data stream, monitoring the usage of a group of service data flows, and even measuring the usage of all service data flows in a PDU session. Monitoring, no restrictions. The user can sign a usage monitoring protocol with the operator. The usage monitoring protocol specified by the user specifies the type of service data flow to be monitored and the volume limit or time limit for which the contract is used. For example, the user signs the service with the operator. When the protocol is used, the operator can select a separate usage monitoring of the network resources when accessing the Sohu video, and sign 1G traffic for accessing Sohu video. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the usage may refer to a traffic volume (Volumn), and may also refer to a time time, which is not limited. In the embodiment of the present application, the usage monitoring may be divided into two types of usage monitoring: service data flow level usage monitoring and session level usage monitoring according to different monitoring network resources monitored by usage.
用量监控实例(monitoring control instance):包括用户签约的对一种业务数据流单独进行用量监控、或对一组业务数据流进行用量监控、甚至是对一个PDU会话上的所有业务数据流进行用量监控的需求以及为此需求签订的签约信息,其规范了监控的业务数据流范围、以及相应的签约信息,如用量限额等。例如,可以将用户对搜狐视频的访问、以及针对访问搜狐视频签订了1G的流量作为一个用量监控实例,还可以将用户对新浪视频和搜狐视频的访问、以及针对新浪视频和搜狐视频的访问签订的1.5G的流量作为一个用量监控实例。在本申请实施例中,可以将用量监控实例分为业务数据流级用量监控实例和会话级用量监控实例两种级别的用量监控实例。Monitoring control instance: includes user-contracted monitoring of usage of a service data flow, monitoring of a set of service data flows, and even monitoring of all service data flows in a PDU session. The requirements and the signing information signed for this demand, which regulates the scope of the monitored business data flow, and the corresponding contract information, such as the usage limit. For example, users can log in to Sohu video and sign 1G traffic for accessing Sohu video as an example of usage monitoring. They can also sign user access to Sina video and Sohu video, as well as access to Sina video and Sohu video. The 1.5G traffic is used as an example of usage monitoring. In the embodiment of the present application, the usage monitoring instance can be divided into two levels of usage monitoring examples: a service data flow level usage monitoring instance and a session level usage monitoring instance.
通常情况下,同一用量监控实例可以分配一个监控键monitoring key,即一个用量监控实例与一个monitoring key对应。策略控制功能(Policy Control Function,PCF)可以根据一个用量监控实例对应的签约信息制定相应的策略控制信息,采用该策略控制信息对用户的业务访问进行用量监控。Generally, the same usage monitoring instance can be assigned a monitoring key monitoring key, that is, an usage monitoring instance corresponds to a monitoring key. The policy control function (PCF) can formulate corresponding policy control information according to the subscription information corresponding to the usage monitoring instance, and use the policy control information to monitor the usage of the user's service access.
PCC规则:由PCF制定,可以包括业务数据流模板,该业务数据流模板可以包括用于业务数据流检测的控制信息,还可以包括用于业务数据流计费、流量导向等控制信息,不予限制。PCF可以向会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)下发PCC规则,由SMF根据PCC规则确定出PDR、服务质量执行规则(QoS Enforcement Rule,QER)、转发执行规则(Forwarding Action Rule,FAR)等规则。The PCC rule is defined by the PCF and may include a service data flow template, where the service data flow template may include control information for service data flow detection, and may also include control information for service data flow charging, traffic steering, etc., not limit. The PCF can issue a PCC rule to the Session Management Function (SMF). The SMF determines the PDR, the QoS Enforcement Rule (QER), and the Forwarding Action Rule (FAR) according to the PCC rules. rule.
用量监控信息(Usage Monitoring Information):由PCF制定,通常包括monitoring key、monitoring key对应的用量监控实例的级别指示、monitoring key对应的用量阈值。PCF可以向SMF下发用量监控信息,由SMF根据该Usage Monitoring Information确定monitoring  key对应的用量报告规则(Usage Report Rule,URR)等规则。在本申请实施例中,PCF可以将PCC规则和用量监控信息共同携带在策略控制信息中下发给SMF。Usage monitoring information (Usage Monitoring Information): It is defined by the PCF. It usually includes the level indicator of the usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key and the monitoring key, and the usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key. The PCF can send usage monitoring information to the SMF, and the SMF determines the usage report rule (URR) rules corresponding to the monitoring key according to the Usage Monitoring Information. In the embodiment of the present application, the PCF may carry the PCC rule and the usage monitoring information in the policy control information and send the information to the SMF.
PDR:由SMF制定的用于在用户面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)执行的规则,可以包括用于检测业务数据流的分组检测信息、以及与其相关的QER、FAR、URR等规则。PDR: A rule defined by the SMF for execution in a User Plane Function (UPF) may include packet detection information for detecting a traffic data flow, and rules related to QER, FAR, URR, and the like.
URR:由SMF制定的用于在UPF执行用量监控的规则,可以包括用量阈值。URR可以与PDR关联,UPF可以在根据PDR中的分组检测信息检测业务数据流后,将检测出的业务数据流的用量与PDR关联的URR进行累计,当累计用量达到URR携带的用量阈值时,UPF向SMF报告URR标识和累计用量。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,URR和PDR关联可以指:PDR包括URR的标识。URR: A rule established by the SMF to perform usage monitoring in the UPF, which may include a usage threshold. The URR can be associated with the PDR. After detecting the service data flow according to the packet detection information in the PDR, the UPF can accumulate the detected usage of the service data flow and the URR associated with the PDR. When the accumulated usage reaches the usage threshold of the URR, The UPF reports the URR logo and cumulative usage to the SMF. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the association between the URR and the PDR may refer to: the PDR includes the identifier of the URR.
下面结合附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。The embodiments of the present application are described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例提供的策略控制方法可以应用于图1所示网络系统,该网络系统可以为支持多PSA的PDU会话的5G系统,还可以为第四代(4th generation,4G)(如:演进型分组系统(evolved packet system,EPS)移动通信系统,还可以为其他支持多锚点的用户面传输路径的移动通信系统,不予限制。如图1所示,该网络系统可以包括:终端、接入网设备、会话管理网元、策略控制网元、分路/合路器、网关网元、数据网络(Data Network,DN)。其中,图1中的终端可以用于通过无线空口连接到运营商部署的接入网设备,继而通过分路/合路器、网关网元接入DN。接入网设备主要用于实现无线物理层功能、资源调度和无线资源管理、无线接入控制以及移动性管理等功能。会话管理网元可以管理一个或者多个网关网元,主要用于实现用户面传输路径的建立、释放和更改等会话管理功能。策略控制网元主要用于制定用于业务数据流检测的信息、以及策略、计费、流量导向等控制信息。分路/合路器主要用于在同一用户面传输路径包括多锚点的情况下,将终端通过该用户面传输路径上传的业务数据流分发给不同的网关网元,或者将该用户面传输路径上不同网关网元下发的业务数据流合并后发给终端。网关网元可以作为用户面传输路径上的锚点,主要用于完成用户面数据的路由转发等功能,如:与终端间建立通道(即用户面传输路径),在该通道上转发终端和DN之间的数据包,以及负责对终端的数据报文过滤、数据传输/转发、速率控制、生成计费信息等。DN可以包含网络设备(如:服务器、路由器等设备),DN主要用于为终端提供多种数据业务服务。需要说明的是,图1仅为示例性架构图,除图1中所示功能单元之外,该网络架构还可以包括其他网元,如:用于对终端的移动进行管理的移动性管理网元、用于管理用户的签约信息的数据管理网元等,本申请实施例对此不进行限定。The policy control method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the network system shown in FIG. 1 , and the network system can be a 5G system supporting a multi-PSA PDU session, or a fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) (eg, an evolution). An evolved packet system (EPS) mobile communication system may also be a mobile communication system that supports a multi-anchor user plane transmission path, and is not limited. As shown in FIG. 1 , the network system may include: The access network device, the session management network element, the policy control network element, the split/combiner, the gateway network element, and the data network (DN), wherein the terminal in FIG. 1 can be used to connect to the wireless air interface. The access network device deployed by the operator accesses the DN through the split/combiner and the gateway network element. The access network device is mainly used to implement the wireless physical layer function, resource scheduling, radio resource management, and radio access control. Functions such as mobility management. The session management network element can manage one or more gateway network elements, which are mainly used to implement session management functions such as establishing, releasing, and changing user plane transmission paths. The policy control network element is mainly used to formulate information for service data flow detection, and control information such as policy, charging, and traffic steering. The split/combiner is mainly used when the transmission path of the same user plane includes multiple anchor points. The service data stream that is uploaded by the terminal through the user plane transmission path is distributed to different gateway network elements, or the service data streams delivered by different gateway network elements on the user plane transmission path are combined and sent to the terminal. It can be used as an anchor point on the user plane transmission path. It is mainly used to complete the routing and forwarding of user plane data, such as establishing a channel with the terminal (ie, user plane transmission path), and forwarding between the terminal and the DN on the channel. Data packets, as well as data packet filtering, data transmission/retransmission, rate control, and generation of accounting information for the terminal. The DN can include network devices (such as servers, routers, etc.), and the DN is mainly used to provide more information for the terminal. Data service service. It should be noted that FIG. 1 is only an exemplary architecture diagram, and the network architecture may include the functional unit except the functional unit shown in FIG. Network elements such as: a mobile terminal for managing the mobility management network element, the data management contract information to the user management network element, etc., the present application is not limited in this embodiment.
例如,假设上述网络系统为支持多PSA的PDU会话的5G系统(如图2所示),该网络系统中的终端可以为用户设备(user equipment,UE),如:手机、电脑,还可以为蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、智能电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、电脑、膝上型计算机、手持式通信设备、手持式计算设备、卫星无线设备、无线调制解调器卡、电视机顶盒(set top box,STB)、用户驻地设备(customer premise equipment,CPE)和/或用于在无线系统上进行通信的其它设备。接入网设备可以为接入网(access network,AN)/无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备,由多个5G-AN/5G-RAN节点组成的网络, 该5G-AN/5G-RAN节点可以为:接入节点(access point,AP)、下一代基站(NR nodeB,gNB)、收发点(transmission receive point,TRP)、传输点(transmission point,TP)或某种其它接入节点。会话管理网元可以为SMF。策略控制网元可以为PCF。网关网元可以为UPF。分路/合路器可以为分叉点(Branching point,BP)或者上行分类器(Uplink Classifier,UL CL),如:当采用多归属(Multi-Homing)的方式建立多PSA的PDU会话时,分路/合路器可以为BP,当采用非Multi-Homing的方式建立多PSA的PDU会话时,分路/合路器可以为UL CL。移动性管理网元可以为接入和移动性管理功能(access&mobility function,AMF)。数据管理网元可以为统一数据管理(Unified Data Management,UDM)。在图2所示5G系统中,各个不同网元之间可以通过下一代网络(Next Generation,NG)接口建立连接,实现通信。For example, assuming that the network system is a 5G system supporting a multi-PSA PDU session (as shown in FIG. 2), the terminal in the network system may be a user equipment (UE), such as a mobile phone or a computer, or Cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, smart phone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA), computer, laptop Computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite wireless devices, wireless modem cards, set top boxes (STBs), customer premise equipment (CPE), and/or for use on wireless systems Other devices for communication. The access network device may be an access network (AN)/radio access network (RAN) device, and a network composed of multiple 5G-AN/5G-RAN nodes, the 5G-AN/5G The RAN node may be: an access point (AP), a next generation base station (NR node B, gNB), a transmission receive point (TRP), a transmission point (TP), or some other access. node. The session management network element can be an SMF. The policy control network element can be a PCF. The gateway network element can be UPF. The branch/combiner can be a branching point (BP) or an uplink classifier (UL CL), such as when a multi-homing manner is used to establish a multi-PSA PDU session. The shunt/combiner can be a BP. When a multi-PSA PDU session is established in a non-Multi-Homing manner, the shunt/combiner can be a UL CL. The mobility management network element can be an access and mobility function (AMF). The data management network element can be Unified Data Management (UDM). In the 5G system shown in FIG. 2, connections can be established between different network elements through a Next Generation (NG) interface to implement communication.
在图1所示系统中,在会话管理网元向其管理的PDU会话包括的PSA发送monitoring key对应的URR,该PSA根据URR执行monitoring key对应的用量监控实例的用量监控的情况下,若确定该PDU会话新增的PSA也需要执行对该用量监控实例的用量监控,则策略控制网元可以为该新增的PSA分配同一monitoring key,并为新增的PSA向会话管理网元发送策略控制信息,以便会话管理网元为该新增的PSA确定monitoring key对应的URR,并向新增的的PSA发送monitoring key对应的URR,实现用量监控。具体的,该实现方式可参照下述图4~图8所示。In the system shown in FIG. 1, the session management network element sends a URR corresponding to the monitoring key to the PSA included in the PDU session managed by the session management network element, and the PSA performs the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key of the URR, if it is determined. The newly added PSA of the PDU session also needs to perform the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance. The policy control network element can allocate the same monitoring key to the newly added PSA, and send policy control to the session management network element for the newly added PSA. The information is such that the session management network element determines the URR corresponding to the monitoring key for the newly added PSA, and sends the URR corresponding to the monitoring key to the newly added PSA to implement usage monitoring. Specifically, the implementation manner can be referred to the following FIG. 4 to FIG. 8 .
其中,为了实现本申请实施例提供的技术方案,图1中的会话管理网元和策略控制网元可以以图3中的通信设备的方式来实现。如图3所示,该通信设备200包括至少一个处理器201,通信线路202,存储器203以及至少一个通信接口204。The session management network element and the policy control network element in FIG. 1 can be implemented in the manner of the communication device in FIG. 3 in order to implement the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3, the communication device 200 includes at least one processor 201, a communication line 202, a memory 203, and at least one communication interface 204.
处理器201可以是一个中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),也可以是特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者是被配置成实施本申请实施例的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个微处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)。The processor 201 can be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the embodiments of the present application. For example: one or more digital signal processors (DSPs), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs).
通信线路202可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。Communication line 202 can include a path for communicating information between the components described above.
通信接口204,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等。The communication interface 204 uses devices such as any transceiver for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc. .
存储器203可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路202与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 203 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other type that can store information and instructions. The dynamic storage device can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, and a disc storage device. (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be Any other media accessed, but not limited to this. The memory may be stand-alone and connected to the processor via communication line 202. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,存储器203用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器201来控制执行。处理器201用于执行存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请下述 实施例提供的策略控制方法。可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The memory 203 is used to store computer execution instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 201 for execution. The processor 201 is configured to execute computer executed instructions stored in the memory 203 to implement the policy control method provided by the following embodiments of the present application. Optionally, the computer-executed instructions in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as an application code, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器201可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图3中的CPU0和CPU1。In a particular implementation, as an embodiment, processor 201 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信设备200可以包括多个处理器,例如图3中的处理器201和处理器207。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器,也可以是一个multi-CPU处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a particular implementation, as an embodiment, communication device 200 can include multiple processors, such as processor 201 and processor 207 in FIG. Each of these processors can be a single core processor or a multi-CPU processor. A processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data, such as computer program instructions.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信设备200还可以包括输出设备205和输入设备206。输出设备205和处理器201通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备205可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备206和处理器201通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备206可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。In a particular implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 200 can also include an output device 205 and an input device 206. Output device 205 is in communication with processor 201 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 205 can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. Wait. Input device 206 is in communication with processor 201 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, input device 206 can be a mouse, keyboard, touch screen device or sensing device, and the like.
需要说明的是,上述的通信设备200可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备。在具体实现中,通信设备200可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、PDA、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端、嵌入式设备或有图3中类似结构的设备。本申请实施例不限定通信设备200的类型。It should be noted that the foregoing communication device 200 may be a general-purpose device or a dedicated device. In a particular implementation, the communication device 200 can be a desktop, a portable computer, a web server, a PDA, a mobile handset, a tablet, a wireless terminal, an embedded device, or a device having a similar structure as in FIG. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the communication device 200.
下面结合图1,以会话管理网元为图1所示会话管理网元,策略控制网元为图1所示策略控制网元,PSA为图1所示网关网元为例,对本申请实施例提供的技术方案进行具体阐述。As shown in FIG. 1 , the session management network element is the session management network element shown in FIG. 1 , the policy control network element is the policy control network element shown in FIG. 1 , and the PSA is the gateway network element shown in FIG. 1 . The technical solutions provided are specifically described.
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种策略控制方法的流程图,该方法用于实现在PDU会话包括的多个PSA上执行对第一用量监控实例(如业务数据流级用量监控实例)的用量监控。该方法的应用场景为会话管理网元管理一PDU会话,该PDU会话可以包括第一PSA和第二PSA等多个PSA,其中,会话管理网元向第一PSA发送有第一monitoring key对应的第一URR。在该应用场景下,可以执行如图4所示步骤401~步骤403,以实现在PDU会话的多个PSA上执行对同一业务数据流级用量监控实例的用量监控。FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a policy control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is used to implement a first usage monitoring instance (such as a service data flow level usage monitoring instance) on multiple PSAs included in a PDU session. Usage monitoring. The application scenario of the method is that the session management network element manages a PDU session, and the PDU session may include multiple PSAs, such as a first PSA and a second PSA, where the session management network element sends a first monitoring key corresponding to the first PSA. First URR. In this application scenario, step 401 to step 403 shown in FIG. 4 may be performed to implement the usage monitoring of the same service data flow level usage monitoring instance on multiple PSAs of the PDU session.
步骤401:策略控制网元确定在第二PSA上执行对第一用量监控实例的用量监控。Step 401: The policy control network element determines to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA.
其中,第二PSA可以为PDU会话上新增的PSA。The second PSA may be a new PSA on the PDU session.
具体的,策略控制网元可以根据预设配置确定在第二PSA上执行对第一用量监控实例的用量监控,该预设配置可以用于规定允许访问第一用量监控实例监控的业务的为哪些网关网元。若策略控制网元查询预设配置,确定第二PSA包括在预设配置所规定的网关网元中,则确定在第二PSA上执行对第一用量监控实例的用量监控。如:若预设配置规定允许用户在UPF2上访问搜狐网站上的业务,且该搜狐网站上的业务在用量监控实例1所监控的业务范围之内,则确定UPF2对用量监控实例1进行用量监控。Specifically, the policy control network element may determine, according to the preset configuration, performing usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA, where the preset configuration may be used to specify which services are allowed to access the first usage monitoring instance. Gateway network element. If the policy control network element queries the preset configuration, and determines that the second PSA is included in the gateway network element specified by the preset configuration, it is determined that the usage monitoring of the first usage monitoring instance is performed on the second PSA. For example, if the default configuration allows the user to access the service on the Sohu website on the UPF2, and the service on the Sohu website is within the service range monitored by the usage monitoring instance 1, it is determined that the UPF2 monitors the usage of the usage monitoring instance 1. .
其中,预设配置可以由运营商预先配置在策略控制网元中,也可以由策略控制网元在执行步骤401时从其他网络功能实体获取,不予限制。The preset configuration may be pre-configured by the operator in the policy control network element, or may be obtained by the policy control network element from other network function entities when performing step 401, and is not limited.
可理解的是,在策略控制网元确定在第二PSA上执行对第一用量监控实例的用量监控之前,策略控制网元会先获知PDU会话新增第二PSA,然后,再去判断是否在第二PSA 上执行对第一用量监控实例的用量监控。具体的,策略控制网元获知PDU会话新增第二PSA包括:会话管理网元向策略控制网元发送携带新增第二PSA的指示消息,策略控制网元接收到该消息后,根据该消息携带的新增第二PSA的指示确定该PDU会话新增第二PSA。其中,新增第二PSA的指示可以用于指示第二PSA,可以包括但不限于第二PSA的标识,其中,第二PSA的标识可以包括第二PSA的网络功能标识(Network Function Indentity,NF ID)、或第二PSA的数据网络接入标识(Data Network Access Indentity,DNAI),或第二PSA对应的因特网协议版本6前缀(Internet Protocol Version 6Prefix,IPV6Prefix),不予限制。It can be understood that, before the policy control network element determines that the usage monitoring of the first usage monitoring instance is performed on the second PSA, the policy control network element first learns that the PDU session adds a second PSA, and then determines whether it is The usage monitoring of the first usage monitoring instance is performed on the second PSA. Specifically, the policy control network element learns that the PDU session adds a second PSA, and the session management network element sends an indication message carrying the newly added second PSA to the policy control network element, and after receiving the message, the policy control network element receives the message according to the message. The carried indication of adding the second PSA determines that the second PSA is added to the PDU session. The indication of adding the second PSA may be used to indicate the second PSA, which may include, but is not limited to, the identifier of the second PSA, where the identifier of the second PSA may include the network function identifier (NF) of the second PSA. ID), or the Data Network Access Indentity (DNAI) of the second PSA, or the Internet Protocol Version 6 Prefix (IPV6 Prefix) corresponding to the second PSA, is not limited.
步骤402:策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送策略控制信息,会话管理网元接收策略控制网元发送的策略控制信息。Step 402: The policy control network element sends policy control information to the session management network element, and the session management network element receives the policy control information sent by the policy control network element.
一种可能的设计中,策略控制信息包括但不限于PCC规则,PCC规则携带第一monitoring key、用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息。又一种可能的设计中,策略控制信息信息包括但不限于PCC规则、以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息,PCC规则可以携带第一monitoring key。In a possible design, the policy control information includes, but is not limited to, a PCC rule, and the PCC rule carries a first monitoring key, and is used to indicate information for executing a policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the second PSA. In another possible design, the policy control information information includes, but is not limited to, a PCC rule, and information for indicating a policy corresponding to the execution of the PCC rule on the second PSA, and the PCC rule may carry the first monitoring key.
其中,在上述任一可能的设计中,用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息可以为第二PSA的标识,第二PSA的标识的相关描述可参照步骤401中所述,不再赘述。In any of the foregoing possible designs, the information used to indicate that the policy corresponding to the PCC rule is performed on the second PSA may be the identifier of the second PSA, and the related description of the identifier of the second PSA may be as described in step 401. ,No longer.
步骤403:会话管理网元向第二PSA发送PCC规则对应的第一PDR和第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。Step 403: The session management network element sends a first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA.
其中,第一PDR可以包括用于检测业务数据流分组检测信息;第二URR可以包括用量阈值,第二URR由第二URR的标识所标识。第一PDR和第二URR可以在步骤403之前由会话管理网元确定,如:在步骤403之前,会话管理网元可以根据用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息,确定在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略,触发会话管理网元根据PCC规则中的业务数据流模板确定第一PDR的分组检测信息,以及为第一monitoring key确定第二URR,其中,第一PDR包括第二URR的标识,第一PDR与第二URR关联。The first PDR may include the service data flow packet detection information; the second URR may include a usage threshold, and the second URR is identified by the identifier of the second URR. The first PDR and the second URR may be determined by the session management network element before step 403. For example, before step 403, the session management network element may determine, according to information indicating that the policy corresponding to the PCC rule is executed on the second PSA. Performing a policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the second PSA, triggering the session management network element to determine the packet detection information of the first PDR according to the service data flow template in the PCC rule, and determining a second URR for the first monitoring key, where the first The PDR includes an identifier of the second URR, and the first PDR is associated with the second URR.
具体的,会话管理网元根据PCC规则中的业务数据流模板确定第一PDR的分组检测信息可以包括:将PCC规则中的业务数据流模板中用于业务数据流检测的控制信息作为分组检测信息添加(或匹配)到第一PDR中。Specifically, the determining, by the session management network element, the packet detection information of the first PDR according to the service data flow template in the PCC rule may include: using the control information used for the service data flow detection in the service data flow template in the PCC rule as the packet detection information. Add (or match) to the first PDR.
具体的,会话管理网元为第一monitoring key确定第二URR可以指:会话管理网元为第一monitoring key分配用量阈值,并将该用量阈值包括在第二URR中,即确定第一monitoring key对应的第二URR的用量阈值;同时,会话管理网元还可以为第二URR分配标识。其中,第二URR的标识可以与第一URR的相同,也可以不同,不予限制。Specifically, the session management network element determining the second URR for the first monitoring key may be: the session management network element allocates a usage threshold to the first monitoring key, and includes the usage threshold in the second URR, that is, determining the first monitoring key. The usage threshold of the corresponding second URR; at the same time, the session management network element may also assign an identifier to the second URR. The identifier of the second URR may be the same as the first URR, or may be different, and is not limited.
此外,在本申请实施例中,在会话管理网元为某个monitoring key确定URR之后,会话管理网元还可以保存monitoring key与URR的对应关系,如:会话管理网元为第一monitoring key确定第二URR之后,可以保存第一monitoring key与第二URR的对应关系,至此,会话管理网元保存的monitoring key与URR的对比关系包括:第一monitoring key与第一URR、第二URR间的对应关系。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, after the session management network element determines the URR for a certain monitoring key, the session management network element may further store the correspondence between the monitoring key and the URR, for example, the session management network element is determined by the first monitoring key. After the second URR, the correspondence between the first monitoring key and the second URR may be saved. The comparison relationship between the monitoring key and the URR saved by the session management network element includes: between the first monitoring key and the first URR and the second URR. Correspondence relationship.
由上可知,在图4所示方案中,当策略控制网元确定在PDU会话新增的PSA上执行 业务数据流级用量监控实例,且该业务数据流用量监控实例与该PDU会话包括的其他PSA执行的用量监控实例相同时,策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送PCC规则以及用于指示在新增的PSA上执行该业务数据流用量监控实例的用量监控的信息,会话管理网元接收到PCC规则以及用于指示在新增的PSA上执行该业务数据流用量监控实例的用量监控的信息后,向新增的PSA发送PDR以及monitoring key对应的URR,以便新增的PSA根据PDR以及monitoring key对应的URR执行用量监控,以此实现在多个PSA执行对同一业务数据流级用量监控实例的用量监控。As can be seen from the above, in the solution shown in FIG. 4, when the policy control network element determines to perform the service data flow level usage monitoring instance on the newly added PSA in the PDU session, and the service data flow usage monitoring instance and the other included in the PDU session When the usage monitoring instance executed by the PSA is the same, the policy control network element sends a PCC rule to the session management network element and information for indicating the usage monitoring of the service data flow usage monitoring instance on the newly added PSA, and the session management network element receives the information. After the PCC rule and the information for indicating the usage monitoring of the service data flow usage monitoring instance on the newly added PSA, the PDR and the URR corresponding to the monitoring key are sent to the newly added PSA, so that the newly added PSA is based on the PDR and The monitoring of the URR is performed by the monitoring key, so as to implement the monitoring of the usage of the same service data flow level monitoring instance in multiple PSAs.
具体的,在图4所示方案中,会话管理网元为第一monitoring key确定第二URR可以包括下述(1)~(4)中任一可实现方式:Specifically, in the solution shown in FIG. 4, determining, by the session management network element, the second URR for the first monitoring key may include any one of the following (1) to (4):
(1)策略控制信息还包括第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值和第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一用量阈值不用于覆盖会话管理网元之前接收到的第一monitoring key的用量阈值;会话管理网元根据第一用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值。(1) The policy control information further includes a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate that the first usage threshold is not used to cover the usage threshold of the first monitoring key received before the session management network element. The session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the first usage threshold.
其中,第一用量阈值可以根据用户签约的第一用量监控实例的用量限额、第一用量监控实例的累计用量和策略控制单元已下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值确定,如:可以计算用户签约的第一用量监控实例的用量限额与第一用量监控实例的累计用量和策略控制单元已下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值的差值,将该差值中的部分阈值或者全部用量阈值作为第二用量阈值。The first usage threshold may be determined according to the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user, the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance, and the usage threshold of the first monitoring key that has been delivered by the policy control unit, for example, the user may be calculated. The difference between the usage limit of the first usage monitoring instance of the contract and the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance and the usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered by the policy control unit, and a partial threshold or a total usage threshold of the difference As the second usage threshold.
其中,用户签约的第一用量监控实例的用量限额、第一用量监控实例的累计用量可以包括在用户的签约信息中,用户的签约信息可以由策略控制网元在PDU会话建立后从UDM获取,用户的签约信息可以用于描述用户针对第一用量监控实例签约的用量限额、以及第一用量监控实例的累计用量。The usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user and the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance may be included in the subscription information of the user, and the subscription information of the user may be obtained by the policy control network element from the UDM after the PDU session is established. The user's subscription information can be used to describe the usage quota of the user for the first usage monitoring instance and the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance.
具体的,会话管理网元根据第一用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值可以包括:会话管理网元将收到的第一用量阈值的部分用量阈值或者全部用量阈值作为第二URR的用量阈值。Specifically, the determining, by the session management network element, the usage threshold of the second URR according to the first usage threshold may include: the session management network element adopts the partial usage threshold or the total usage threshold of the first usage threshold as the usage threshold of the second URR.
例如,若策略控制网元下发的第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值为500M,会话管理网元之前接收到的策略控制网元下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值为200M,且会话管理网元已根据第一monitoring key的200M用量阈值确定URR1(200M),则在该实现方式中,会话管理网元接收到第一monitoring key的500M用量阈值后,不会用500M替换掉200M,而是将小于或者等于500M的用量阈值(如300M)作为第一monitoring key对应的新的URR2的用量阈值。For example, if the first usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered by the policy control network element is 500M, the usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered by the policy control network element received by the session management network element is 200M, and the session management is performed. After the network element has determined the URR1 (200M) according to the 200M usage threshold of the first monitoring key, the session management network element does not replace the 200M with the 500M after receiving the 500M usage threshold of the first monitoring key. The usage threshold (eg, 300M) less than or equal to 500M is used as the usage threshold of the new URR2 corresponding to the first monitoring key.
此外,在步骤402中,策略控制网元还可以保存第二PSA与第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值的对应关系,以表示策略控制网元是在确定在第二PSA执行第一用量监控实例的用量监控时下发的第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值。In addition, in step 402, the policy control network element may further maintain a correspondence between the second PSA and the first usage threshold of the first monitoring key, to indicate that the policy control network element is determining to execute the first usage monitoring instance in the second PSA. The first usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered during the usage monitoring.
(2)会话管理网元向第一PSA请求上报第一URR的累计用量,会话管理网元接收第一PSA报告的第一URR的累计用量,根据第一URR的累计用量,确定可用的用量阈值,并根据可用的用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值。(2) The session management network element requests the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR, and the session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA, and determines the available usage threshold according to the cumulative usage of the first URR. And determining the usage threshold of the second URR based on the available usage threshold.
其中,可用的用量阈值可以为会话管理网元从策略管理网元接收到的第一monitoring key的用量阈值与会话管理网元接收到的第一URR的累计用量的差值。可选的,第一PSA报告第一URR的累计用量时还携带第一URR的标识,会话管理网元接收到第一PSA上报的第一URR的累计用量后,根据保存的monitoring key与URR的对应关系,确定第一URR与 第一monitoring key对应,计算策略控制网元下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值与第一URR的累计用量的差值,将该差值作为第一monitoring key对应的可用的用量阈值。The available usage threshold may be the difference between the usage threshold of the first monitoring key received by the session management network element from the policy management network element and the accumulated usage of the first URR received by the session management network element. Optionally, the first PSA reports the first usage of the first URR, and the session management network element receives the accumulated usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA, according to the saved monitoring key and the URR. Corresponding relationship, determining that the first URR is corresponding to the first monitoring key, and calculating a difference between the usage threshold of the first monitoring key and the cumulative usage of the first URR delivered by the policy control network element, and the difference is used as the first monitoring key The available usage threshold.
其中,会话管理网元根据可用的用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值可以包括:会话管理网元将可用的用量阈值的部分用量阈值或者全部用量阈值作为第二URR的用量阈值。The determining, by the session management network element, the usage threshold of the second URR according to the available usage threshold may include: the session management network element uses the partial usage threshold or the total usage threshold of the available usage threshold as the usage threshold of the second URR.
此外,在本实现方式中,会话管理网元还可以根据可用的用量阈值更新第一URR,并将更新后的第一URR下发给第一PSA。In addition, in this implementation manner, the session management network element may further update the first URR according to the available usage threshold, and deliver the updated first URR to the first PSA.
需要说明的是,在本实现方式中,会话管理网元具有阈值分片功能,即会话管理网元具有将策略控制网元下发的monitoring key的用量阈值中的部分用量阈值分配给URR的功能。It should be noted that, in this implementation manner, the session management network element has a threshold fragmentation function, that is, the session management network element has a function of allocating a partial usage threshold value of the usage threshold of the monitoring key delivered by the policy control network element to the URR. .
例如,若策略控制网元下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值为500M,会话管理网元接收到第一PSA上报的第一URR的累计用量为200M,则可用的用量阈值为500M-200M=300M,会话管理网元可以将小于或者等于300M的用量阈值(如200M)作为第二URR的用量阈值下发给第二PSA,用300M中剩下的100M更新第一URR的用量阈值,并将更新后的第一URR重新分配给第一PSA。For example, if the usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered by the policy control network element is 500M, and the session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA as 200M, the available usage threshold is 500M-200M= 300M, the session management network element may send the usage threshold of less than or equal to 300M (for example, 200M) as the usage threshold of the second URR to the second PSA, and update the usage threshold of the first URR with the remaining 100M in the 300M, and The updated first URR is reassigned to the first PSA.
(3)会话管理网元判断是否有第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值;(3) The session management network element determines whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key;
在存在剩余的用量阈值的情况下,会话管理网元根据剩余的用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值;或者在没有剩余的用量阈值的情况下,会话管理网元向第一PSA请求上报第一URR的累计用量;会话管理网元接收第一PSA报告的第一URR的累计用量;会话管理网元根据第一URR的累计用量,确定可用的用量阈值,并根据可用的用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值。If the remaining usage threshold is present, the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the remaining usage threshold; or the session management network element reports the first to the first PSA if there is no remaining usage threshold. The cumulative usage of the URR; the session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA; the session management network element determines the available usage threshold according to the cumulative usage of the first URR, and determines the second URR according to the available usage threshold. Usage threshold.
其中,剩余的用量阈值可以为会话管理网元从策略管理网元接收到的第一monitoring key对应的用量阈值中还没有分配给URR的用量阈值,若会话管理网元将从策略管理网元接收到的第一monitoring key对应的用量阈值中的全部用量阈值分配给URR,则不存在剩余的用量阈值,否则,则存在剩余的用量阈值。The remaining usage threshold may be a usage threshold that is not allocated to the URR in the usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key received by the session management network element from the policy management network element, if the session management network element receives the usage management network element from the policy management network element. If all the usage thresholds in the usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key are assigned to the URR, there is no remaining usage threshold. Otherwise, there is a remaining usage threshold.
其中,可用的用量阈值如方式(2)中所述,不再赘述。The available usage threshold is as described in the method (2) and will not be described again.
此外,在本实现方式中,会话管理网元也可以根据可用的用量阈值更新第一URR的用量阈值,并向第一PSA发送更新后的第一URR。In addition, in this implementation manner, the session management network element may also update the usage threshold of the first URR according to the available usage threshold, and send the updated first URR to the first PSA.
例如,若策略控制网元之前下发给会话管理网元的第一monitoring key的用量阈值为500M,会话管理网元下发给第一PSA的URR的用量阈值为300M,则此时第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值为200M,会话管理网元可以将200M的用量阈值全部作为第二URR的用量阈值,也可以将200M中的一部分作为第二URR的用量阈值。若策略控制网元之前下发给会话管理网元的第一monitoring key的用量阈值为500M,会话管理网元下发给第一PSA的URR的用量阈值为500M,则此时第一monitoring key无剩余的用量阈值,会话管理网元可以请求第一PSA上报第一URR的累计用量,此时,若上报的第一URR的累计用量为200M,则可用的用量阈值为500M-200M=300M,会话管理网元可以将小于或者等于300M的用量阈值(如200M)作为第二URR的用量阈值下发给第二PSA,用300M中的100M更新第一URR的用量阈值,并将更新后的第一URR重新分配给第一PSA。For example, if the usage threshold of the first monitoring key that is sent to the session management network element by the policy control network element is 500M, and the usage threshold of the URR sent by the session management network element to the first PSA is 300M, the first monitoring is performed at this time. The remaining usage threshold of the key is 200M, and the session management network element may use the usage threshold of the 200M as the usage threshold of the second URR, or a part of the 200M may be used as the usage threshold of the second URR. If the usage threshold of the first monitoring key that is sent to the session management network element by the policy control network element is 500M, and the usage threshold of the URR sent by the session management network element to the first PSA is 500M, the first monitoring key is not available. The remaining usage threshold, the session management network element may request the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR. At this time, if the cumulative usage of the first URR reported is 200M, the available usage threshold is 500M-200M=300M, and the session is used. The management network element may send the usage threshold of less than or equal to 300M (for example, 200M) as the usage threshold of the second URR to the second PSA, and update the usage threshold of the first URR with 100M in 300M, and the updated first The URR is reassigned to the first PSA.
(4)策略控制信息还包括第一monitoring key的第二用量阈值;会话管理网元根据第二用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值。(4) The policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the first monitoring key; the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the second usage threshold.
其中,第二用量阈值可以根据可以根据用户签约的第一用量监控实例的用量限额、第一 用量监控实例的累计用量和策略控制单元已下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值确定;第一用量监控实例的累计用量可以包括用户的签约信息中针对第一用量监控实例的累计用量以及第一monitoring key的累计用量,例如,用量的签约信息中用量监控实例1的累计用量为300M,用量监控实例1对应monitoring key1,会话管理网元上报的monitoring key1的累计用量为100M,则此时第一用量监控实例的累计用量为300M+100M=400M。The second usage threshold may be determined according to the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user, the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance, and the usage threshold of the first monitoring key that has been delivered by the policy control unit; The cumulative usage of the monitoring instance may include the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance and the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key in the subscription information of the user. For example, the cumulative usage of the usage monitoring instance 1 in the subscription information of the usage is 300M, and the usage monitoring instance 1 corresponding to the monitoring key1, the cumulative usage of the monitoring key1 reported by the session management network element is 100M, then the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance is 300M+100M=400M.
具体的,可以计算用户签约的第一用量监控实例的用量限额与第一用量监控实例的累计用量和策略控制单元已下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值的差值,将该差值中的部分阈值或者全部用量阈值作为第二用量阈值。Specifically, the difference between the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user and the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance and the usage threshold of the first monitoring key delivered by the policy control unit may be calculated. A partial threshold or an all usage threshold is used as the second usage threshold.
在该方式中,第一monitoring key的累计用量可以包括第一PSA上报的第一URR的累计用量。如:会话管理网元可以在确定新增第二PSA之后,从策略控制网元接收策略控制信息之前,向第一PSA请求上报第一URR的累计用量,接收第一PSA报告的第一URR的累计用量,并向策略控制网元发送第一monitoring key的累计用量。可选的,会话管理网元可以在向策略控制网元发送携带有新增第二PSA的指示的消息时,向策略控制网元发送第一monitoring key的累计用量,其中,该第一monitoring key的累计用量可以与新增第二PSA的指示携带在同一消息,也可以携带在不同消息中,不予限制。In this manner, the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key may include the cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA. For example, the session management network element may request the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR and receive the first URR of the first PSA report after receiving the policy control information from the policy control network element after determining to add the second PSA. The accumulated usage is used, and the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key is sent to the policy control network element. Optionally, the session management network element may send the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element when the message carrying the indication of adding the second PSA is sent to the policy control network element, where the first monitoring key is used. The accumulated usage may be carried in the same message as the indication of adding the second PSA, or may be carried in different messages, and is not limited.
具体的,会话管理网元根据第二用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值可以包括:会话管理网元将小于或者等于第二用量阈值的用量阈值确定为第二URR的用量阈值。Specifically, the determining, by the session management network element, the usage threshold of the second URR according to the second usage threshold may include: determining, by the session management network element, a usage threshold that is less than or equal to the second usage threshold as a usage threshold of the second URR.
此外,在本实现方式中,会话管理网元也可以根据第二阈值更新第一URR的用量阈值,并向第一PSA发送更新后的第一URR。In addition, in this implementation manner, the session management network element may also update the usage threshold of the first URR according to the second threshold, and send the updated first URR to the first PSA.
进一步,在图4所示方案中,PDU会话包括的任一PSA(第一PSA或者第二PSA)在接收到PDR和URR,根据PDR和URR进行用量监控之后,该PSA还可以向会话管理网元主动报告URR的累计用量,以便会话管理网元接收到URR的累计用量后,执行图4a所示用量上报过程;或者执行步骤404以及步骤408-步骤415。如图4a所示,该用量上报过程可以包括:Further, in the solution shown in FIG. 4, after receiving any PSA (PSA and URR) in the PDU session, the PSA and the URR may perform the usage monitoring according to the PDR and the URR, and the PSA may also go to the session management network. The unit actively reports the cumulative usage of the URR, so that the session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the URR, and executes the usage reporting process shown in FIG. 4a; or performs step 404 and steps 408-415. As shown in FIG. 4a, the usage reporting process may include:
步骤404:PDU会话包括的PSA向会话管理网元报告URR的累计用量。Step 404: The PSA included in the PDU session reports the cumulative usage of the URR to the session management network element.
其中,步骤404中的PSA为PDU会话包括的任一PSA,可以为第一PSA,也可以为第二PSA。具体的,当与URR关联的PDR检测到业务数据流的累计用量接近或者达到URR的用量阈值时,PSA可以向会话管理网元报告URR的累计用量。The PSA in the step 404 is any PSA included in the PDU session, and may be the first PSA or the second PSA. Specifically, when the PDR associated with the URR detects that the accumulated usage of the service data flow is close to or reaches the usage threshold of the URR, the PSA may report the cumulative usage of the URR to the session management network element.
步骤405:会话管理网元接收PSA报告的URR的累计用量,判断是否有第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值;在存在第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值的情况下,执行步骤406-步骤407;否则,执行步骤408。Step 405: The session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the URR reported by the PSA, and determines whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key. If the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key exists, step 406- Step 407; otherwise, step 408 is performed.
其中,剩余的用量阈值可以指:会话管理网元从策略管理网元接收到的第一monitoring key对应的用量阈值中还没有分配给URR的用量阈值。The remaining usage threshold may be a usage threshold that is not allocated to the URR in the usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key received by the session management network element from the policy management network element.
具体的,PSA在向会话管理网元报告URR的累计用量时,还可以携带URR的标识,会话管理网元可以根据自身保存的monitoring key与URR的对应关系、以及URR的标识,确定PSA上报的URR与哪个monitoring key对应,若该URR与第一monitoring key对应,则计算策略控制网元下发的第一monitoring key的用量阈值与URR的累计用量的差值,若该差值为零,则确定不存在第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值,否则,存在第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值。Specifically, the PSA may also carry the URR identifier when reporting the cumulative usage of the URR to the session management network element, and the session management network element may determine the PSA report according to the correspondence between the monitoring key and the URR and the URR identifier saved by the session management network element. The URR is associated with the monitoring key. If the URR is the first monitoring key, the calculation policy controls the difference between the usage threshold of the first monitoring key and the cumulative usage of the URR. If the difference is zero, then It is determined that there is no remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key; otherwise, there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key.
步骤406:会话管理网元根据剩余的用量阈值更新PSA报告的URR的用量阈值,并向PSA发送更新后的URR。Step 406: The session management network element updates the usage threshold of the URR reported by the PSA according to the remaining usage threshold, and sends the updated URR to the PSA.
具体的,会话管理网元根据剩余的用量阈值更新PSA报告的URR的用量阈值可以包括会话管理网元将剩余的用量阈值中的部分用量阈值或者全部用量阈值作为URR的新的用量阈值。Specifically, the session management network element updates the usage threshold of the URR reported by the PSA according to the remaining usage threshold. The session management network element may use the partial usage threshold or the total usage threshold of the remaining usage threshold as the new usage threshold of the URR.
步骤407:PSA根据更新后的URR进行用量监控。Step 407: The PSA performs usage monitoring according to the updated URR.
步骤408:会话管理网元向策略控制网元报告第一monitoring key的累计用量。Step 408: The session management network element reports the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element.
其中,第一monitoring key的累计用量可以包括与第一monitoring key对应的URR的累计用量,如:在图4所示方案中,第一monitoring key的累计用量可以包括PSA报告的URR的累计用量。The cumulative usage of the first monitoring key may include the cumulative usage of the URR corresponding to the first monitoring key. For example, in the solution shown in FIG. 4, the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key may include the cumulative usage of the URR reported by the PSA.
例如,若monitoring key1对应URR1和URR3,其中,URR1的累计用量为100M,URR3的累计用量为200M,则monitoring key1的累计用量为300M。For example, if monitoring key1 corresponds to URR1 and URR3, where the cumulative usage of URR1 is 100M and the cumulative usage of URR3 is 200M, the cumulative usage of monitoring key1 is 300M.
此外,在步骤408中,会话管理网元还可以向策略控制网元发送PSA的标识。其中,PSA的标识可参照上述第二PSA的标识的相关描述,不再赘述。In addition, in step 408, the session management network element may also send the identity of the PSA to the policy control network element. For the identifier of the PSA, reference may be made to the description of the identifier of the second PSA, and details are not described herein.
步骤409:策略控制网元接收会话管理网元上报的第一monitoring key的累计用量,判断是否有第一用量监控实例对应的允许用量阈值;在存在第一用量监控实例对应的允许用量阈值的情况下,执行步骤410-步骤412;否则,执行步骤413-步骤415。Step 409: The policy control network element receives the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key reported by the session management network element, and determines whether there is an allowable usage threshold corresponding to the first usage monitoring instance; if there is an allowable usage threshold corresponding to the first usage monitoring instance Steps 410 - 412 are performed; otherwise, steps 413 - 415 are performed.
其中,第一用量监控实例对应的允许用量阈值可以根据用户签约的第一用量监控实例的用量限额、第一用量监控实例的累计用量、以及策略控制网元已分配给第一monitoring key(但未收到有关第一monitoring key的累计用量响应信息)的用量阈值,第一用量监控实例的累计用量可以包括第一monitoring key的累计用量。如:可以确定用户签约的第一用量监控实例的用量限额与第一用量监控实例的累计用量和策略控制网元已分配给第一monitoring key(但未收到有关第一monitoring key的累计用量响应信息)的用量阈值的差值,若该差值为零,则确定不存在第一用量监控实例对应的允许用量阈值,否则,存在第一用量监控实例对应的允许用量阈值。其中,累计用量响应信息可以包括第一monitoring key的累计用量。The allowable usage threshold corresponding to the first usage monitoring instance may be allocated to the first monitoring key according to the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user, the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance, and the policy control network element (but not The usage threshold for receiving the cumulative usage response information of the first monitoring key, the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance may include the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key. For example, it can be determined that the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user and the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance and the policy control network element have been allocated to the first monitoring key (but the cumulative usage response of the first monitoring key is not received). If the difference is zero, it is determined that there is no allowable usage threshold corresponding to the first usage monitoring instance; otherwise, there is an allowable usage threshold corresponding to the first usage monitoring instance. The accumulated usage response information may include a cumulative usage of the first monitoring key.
例如,以用量监控实例1对应monitoring key1为例,假设用户针对用量监控实例1签约的用量限额为500M,累计用量为200M,策略控制网元确定PSA1执行对用量监控实例1的用量监控,并为PSA1下发monitoring key1的用量阈值为100M,确定PSA2执行对用量监控实例1的用量监控,并为PSA2下发monitoring key1的用量阈值为200M,当策略控制网元接收到会话管理网元上报的monitoring key1的累计用量50M、以及PSA1的标识时,确定PSA1上报了URR的累计用量,分配给PSA2的monitoring key1的用量阈值200M属于策略控制网元已分配的但未收到累计用量响应消息的用量阈值,此时,用量监控实例1对应的允许用量阈值为500M-200M-200M=100M。For example, the usage monitoring instance 1 corresponds to the monitoring key1. Assume that the usage quota for the usage monitoring instance 1 is 500M and the cumulative usage is 200M. The policy control NE determines that the PSA1 performs the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 1. The usage threshold of the monitoring key1 is set to 100 M. The PSA2 performs the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 1 and the usage threshold of the monitoring key1 is set to 200 M. The policy control NE receives the monitoring reported by the session management NE. When the cumulative usage of key1 is 50M and the identifier of PSA1, it is determined that PSA1 reports the cumulative usage of URR. The usage threshold of monitoring key assigned to PSA2 is 200M, which belongs to the usage threshold of the policy control network element but has not received the cumulative usage response message. At this time, the allowable usage threshold corresponding to the usage monitoring example 1 is 500M-200M-200M=100M.
步骤410:策略控制网元根据允许用量阈值确定第一monitoring key的新的用量阈值,并向会话管理网元下发第一monitoring key的新的用量阈值。Step 410: The policy control network element determines a new usage threshold of the first monitoring key according to the allowed usage threshold, and delivers a new usage threshold of the first monitoring key to the session management network element.
步骤411:会话管理网元接收第一monitoring key的新的用量阈值,根据第一monitoring key的新的用量阈值更新URR的用量阈值,并向PSA发送更新后的URR。Step 411: The session management network element receives the new usage threshold of the first monitoring key, updates the usage threshold of the URR according to the new usage threshold of the first monitoring key, and sends the updated URR to the PSA.
步骤412:PSA根据更新后的URR进行用量监控。Step 412: The PSA performs usage monitoring according to the updated URR.
步骤413:策略控制网元确定停止对第一monitoring key的用量监控,向会话管理网元 发送停止通知。Step 413: The policy control network element determines to stop monitoring the usage of the first monitoring key, and sends a stop notification to the session management network element.
其中,所述停止通知用于通知会话管理网元停止对第一monitoring key的用量监控。The stop notification is used to notify the session management network element to stop monitoring the usage of the first monitoring key.
步骤414:会话管理网元接收停止通知,向PSA发送删除请求或停止请求。Step 414: The session management network element receives the stop notification, and sends a delete request or a stop request to the PSA.
其中,所述删除请求可以用于请求PSA删除第一monitoring key对应的URR,所述停止请求可以用于请求PSA停止对第一montoring key对应的URR的用量监控。The deletion request may be used to request the PSA to delete the URR corresponding to the first monitoring key, and the stop request may be used to request the PSA to stop monitoring the usage of the URR corresponding to the first montoring key.
步骤415:PSA接收删除请求,根据删除请求删除第一monitoring key对应的URR;或者接收停止请求,根据停止请求停止对第一monitoring key对应的URR的用量监控。Step 415: The PSA receives the deletion request, deletes the URR corresponding to the first monitoring key according to the deletion request, or receives the stop request, and stops monitoring the usage of the URR corresponding to the first monitoring key according to the stop request.
其中,删除第一monitoring key对应的URR可以指:将URR从其关联的PDR中删除。具体的,可以将URR的标识从URR关联的PDR中删除。The deleting the URR corresponding to the first monitoring key may refer to: deleting the URR from its associated PDR. Specifically, the identifier of the URR can be deleted from the PDR associated with the URR.
如此,会话管理网元在接收到PSA上报的URR的累计用量后,可以将自身可用的用量阈值重新分配给该PSA,也可以向策略控制网元发送该URR对应的monitoring key的累计用量,以便策略控制网元重新下发该monitoring key对应的用量阈值。In this manner, after receiving the cumulative usage of the URR reported by the PSA, the session management network element may re-allocate the usage threshold of the URR to the PSA, or may send the cumulative usage of the monitoring key corresponding to the URR to the policy control network element. The policy control network element re-issues the usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key.
需要说明的是,图4a仅对一个PSA的用量上报过程进行了阐述。在本申请实施例中,还支持对两个或者两个以上PSA同时进行用量上报的方案,当两个或者两个以上PSA同时进行用量上报,其执行过程可参照图4a所述,不再赘述。It should be noted that FIG. 4a only illustrates the process of reporting the amount of PSA. In the embodiment of the present application, a scheme for simultaneously reporting the usage of two or more PSAs is also supported. When two or more PSAs are simultaneously reported, the execution process may be described with reference to FIG. 4a. .
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种策略控制方法的流程图,该方法用于实现在PDU会话包括的多个PSA上执行对同一会话级用量监控实例的用量监控。该方法的应用场景为会话管理网元管理一PDU会话,该PDU会话可以包括第一PSA和第二PSA等多个PSA,其中,第一PSA执行第一monitoring key对应的第一用量监控实例的用量监控,第一用量监控实例为会话级用量监控实例。在该应用场景下,可以执行如图5所示步骤501~步骤503,以实现在PDU会话包括的多个PSA上执行对同一会话级用量监控实例的用量监控。FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a method for controlling a policy according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The method is used to perform usage monitoring on an instance of a session level usage monitoring on multiple PSAs included in a PDU session. The application scenario of the method is that the session management network element manages a PDU session, and the PDU session may include multiple PSAs, such as a first PSA and a second PSA, where the first PSA performs the first usage monitoring instance corresponding to the first monitoring key. Usage monitoring, the first usage monitoring instance is a session-level usage monitoring instance. In this application scenario, step 501 to step 503 shown in FIG. 5 may be performed to implement the usage monitoring of the same session-level usage monitoring instance on multiple PSAs included in the PDU session.
步骤501:策略控制网元确定在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控。Step 501: The policy control network element determines to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA.
其中,步骤501可参照步骤401所述,不再赘述。The step 501 can be referred to the step 401 and will not be described again.
步骤502:策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送策略控制信息,会话管理网元接收策略控制网元发送的策略控制信息。Step 502: The policy control network element sends policy control information to the session management network element, and the session management network element receives the policy control information sent by the policy control network element.
其中,策略控制信息可以用于指示在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于在所述PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控。该策略控制信息可以包括第二PSA的标识,或者用于标识该PDU会话的PDU会话标识,当策略控制信息包括第二PSA的标识时,用于指示在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控;当策略控制信息包括PDU会话的标识时,用于在所述PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控。The policy control information may be used to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA, or to perform session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the PDU session. The policy control information may include the identifier of the second PSA or the PDU session identifier used to identify the PDU session. When the policy control information includes the identifier of the second PSA, it is used to indicate that the session level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA. When the policy control information includes the identity of the PDU session, it is used to perform session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the PDU session.
其中,第二PSA的标识可参照图4中的相关描述,不再赘述。The identifier of the second PSA can be referred to the related description in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
步骤503:会话管理网元向第二PSA发送第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。Step 503: The session management network element sends a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA.
其中,第二URR与第二PSA上执行的所有PDR关联,除非指明某PDR匹配的业务数据不包括在会话级用量监控时,第二URR不与该PDR关联,即第二URR可以与第二PSA上执行的、且匹配的业务数据包括在会话级用量监控中的所有PDR关联。第二URR可以包括用量阈值,第二URR由第二URR的标识所标识。第二URR可以在步骤503之前由会话管理网元确定。如:在步骤503之前,会话管理网元可以根据用于指示在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于在所述PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的策略控制信息,确定在第二PSA也执行会话级用量监控,并为第一monitoring key确定第二URR。The second URR is associated with all the PDRs that are executed on the second PSA. The second URR is not associated with the PDR, that is, the second URR can be associated with the second URR, unless the service data indicating that the PDR matches is not included in the session level usage monitoring. The matching service data performed on the PSA includes all PDR associations in the session level usage monitoring. The second URR may include a usage threshold, and the second URR is identified by the identity of the second URR. The second URR may be determined by the session management network element prior to step 503. For example, before step 503, the session management network element may perform policy control information for performing session level usage monitoring on the second PSA, or for performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the PDU session. It is determined that session level usage monitoring is also performed at the second PSA and a second URR is determined for the first monitoring key.
具体的,会话管理网元可以采用图4所示方式(1)~方式(4)中的任一方式为第一monitoring key确定第二URR,不再赘述。Specifically, the session management network element may determine the second URR for the first monitoring key by using any one of the methods (1) to (4) shown in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein.
由上可知,在图5所示方案中,当策略控制网元确定在PDU会话新增的PSA上执行会话级用量监控,且该会话级用量监控也在该PDU会话包括的其他PSA上执行时,策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送用于指示在新增的PSA上执行会话级用量监控或者在PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的信息,会话管理网元接收到该信息后,向新增的PSA发送monitoring key对应的URR,以便新增的PSA根据monitoring key对应的URR执行用量监控,以此实现在多个PSA执行对同一会话级用量监控实例的用量监控。As can be seen from the above, in the solution shown in FIG. 5, when the policy control network element determines to perform session level usage monitoring on the PSA added in the PDU session, and the session level usage monitoring is also performed on other PSAs included in the PDU session. The policy control network element sends, to the session management network element, information indicating that session level usage monitoring is performed on the newly added PSA or session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs included in the PDU session, and the session management network element receives the information. Then, the URR corresponding to the monitoring key is sent to the newly added PSA, so that the newly added PSA performs usage monitoring according to the URR corresponding to the monitoring key, so as to implement the monitoring of the usage of the same session-level usage monitoring instance in multiple PSAs.
进一步,在图5所示方案中,PDU会话包括的任一PSA(第一PSA或者第二PSA)在接收到PDR和URR,根据PDR和URR进行用量监控之后,该PSA还可以向会话管理网元主动报告URR的累计用量,以便执行图4a所示用量上报过程;或者执行步骤404以及步骤408-步骤415,不再赘述。Further, in the solution shown in FIG. 5, after receiving any PSA (PSA and URR) in the PSA and the URR, the PSA can also perform the usage monitoring according to the PDR and the URR, and the PSA can also go to the session management network. The unit actively reports the cumulative usage of the URR to perform the usage reporting process shown in FIG. 4a; or performs step 404 and steps 408-step 415, and details are not described herein.
需要说明的是,上述图4和图5仅对业务数据流级用量监控实例或者会话级用量监控实例同时在PDU会话包括的第一PSA和第二PSA执行为例进行了描述,可理解的是,对于同一用量监控实例同时在PDU会话包括的两个以上PSA执行的过程也可参照上述方案,不再赘述。此外,以上图4、图5分别针对业务数据流级用量监控、会话级用量监控进行了阐述,在实际应用中,也可以结合图4和图5方案,实现在PDU会话包括的多个PSA上执行业务数据流用量监控实例和会话级用量监控实例。It should be noted that, the foregoing FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 only describe the execution of the service data flow level usage monitoring instance or the session level usage monitoring instance in the first PSA and the second PSA included in the PDU session. It is understandable that For the process of performing the same usage monitoring instance and simultaneously performing the two or more PSAs included in the PDU session, reference may also be made to the foregoing solution, and details are not described herein. In addition, FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 respectively illustrate the traffic data level usage monitoring and the session level usage monitoring. In practical applications, the schemes of FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 can also be combined to implement multiple PSAs included in the PDU session. Perform business traffic usage monitoring instances and session-level usage monitoring instances.
下面以会话管理网元为图2的SMF,策略控制网元为图2的PCF,业务数据流用量监控实例、会话级用量监控实例同时在PDU会话包括的UPF1和UPF2两个PSA上执行,业务数据流用量监控实例对应monitoring key1、会话级用量监控实例对应monitoring key2为例,对上述技术方案进行详细说明。具体的,可参照图6~图8所示。The session management network element is the SMF of FIG. 2, and the policy control network element is the PCF of FIG. 2, and the service data flow usage monitoring instance and the session-level usage monitoring instance are simultaneously executed on the two PSAs of the UPF1 and the UPF2 included in the PDU session. The data flow usage monitoring instance corresponds to the monitoring key1 and the session-level usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key2. The above technical solution is described in detail. Specifically, it can be referred to FIG. 6 to FIG. 8.
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种策略控制方法的流程图,如图6所示,所述方法包括:FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a policy control method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the method includes:
步骤601:用户通过UPF1建立PDU会话,PCF根据预设配置确定在UPF1执行用量监控实例1的用量监控、以及用量监控实例2的用量监控。Step 601: The user establishes a PDU session through the UPF1, and the PCF determines, according to the preset configuration, the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 1 and the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 2 in the UPF1.
其中,用量监控实例1为业务数据流级别用量监控实例,用量监控实例2对应会话级用量监控实例。PCF根据预设配置确定在UPF1执行用量监控实例1的用量监控、以及用量监控实例2的用量监控的过程可参照上述步骤401和步骤501,不再赘述。The usage monitoring instance 1 is a service data flow level usage monitoring instance, and the usage monitoring instance 2 corresponds to a session level usage monitoring instance. The process of determining the usage monitoring of the quantity monitoring instance 1 and the quantity monitoring of the quantity monitoring instance 2 in the UPF1 according to the preset configuration may refer to the above steps 401 and 501, and details are not described herein.
步骤602:PCF根据用户的签约信息制定PCC规则1、PCC规则2以及用量监控信息1和用量监控信息2,并向SMF发送PCC规则1、PCC规则2、用量监控信息1和用量监控信息2,以及在UPF2执行PCC规则3、PCC规则4的指示和在PDU会话的所有PSA上或者UPF1上执行会话级用量监控的指示。Step 602: The PCF formulates the PCC rule 1, the PCC rule 2, the usage monitoring information 1 and the usage monitoring information 2 according to the subscription information of the user, and sends the PCC rule 1, the PCC rule 2, the usage monitoring information 1, and the usage monitoring information 2 to the SMF. And an indication of performing PCC Rule 3, PCC Rule 4 on UPF2 and performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs of the PDU session or on UPF1.
其中,用户的签约信息可以由PCF在执行步骤601时从UDM获取,用户的签约信息可以包括业务数据流级别的签约信息和PDU会话级别的签约信息,业务数据流级别的签约信息包括monitoring key_a、业务数据流级别指示(SDF Level Indication)、以及用量限额(Voume limit和/或Time limit);PDU会话级别信息包括PDU会话级别指示(Session level indication)、以及用量限额(Voume limit和/或Time limit)。累计用量监控信息包括业务数据流级别的用量信息和PDU会话级别的用量信息;业务数据流级别的用量信息包括monitoring key_a、业务数据流级别指示、以及累计用量(Voume usage和/或Time usage), PDU会话级别的用量信息包括PDU会话级别指示、以及累计用量(Voume usage和/或Time usage)。The subscription information of the user may be obtained by the PCF from the UDM when the step 601 is performed. The subscription information of the user may include the subscription information of the service data flow level and the subscription information of the PDU session level, and the subscription information of the service data flow level includes the monitoring key_a, Service data flow level indication (SDF Level Indication), and usage quota (Voume limit and / or Time limit); PDU session level information includes PDU session level indication, and usage limit (Voume limit and / or Time limit) ). The cumulative usage monitoring information includes usage information at the service data flow level and usage information at the PDU session level; usage information at the service data flow level includes monitoring key_a, service data flow level indication, and cumulative usage (Voume usage and/or Time usage). The usage information of the PDU session level includes a PDU session level indication and a cumulative usage (Voume usage and/or Time usage).
其中,monitoring key_a与用量监控实例对应;业务数据流级别指示用于指示monitoring key_a对应的用量监控实例为业务数据流级用量监控实例,PDU会话级别指示用于指示该PDU会话级别信息对应会话级用量监控实例。The monitoring key_a corresponds to the usage monitoring instance; the service data flow level indication is used to indicate that the usage monitoring instance corresponding to the monitoring key_a is the service data flow level usage monitoring instance, and the PDU session level indication is used to indicate that the PDU session level information corresponds to the session level usage. Monitor instances.
其中,PCC规则1中包括monitoring key1,PCC规则2中包括monitoring key2。PCC规则1和PCC规则2都没有设置将PCC规则检测到的用量从会话级用量中排除的指示,即PCF决策PCC规则1和PCC规则2的用量都要累计到会话级用量监控上。用量监控信息1对应用量监控实例1,包括[monitoring key1、PCC规则指示、用量阈值threshold1]。用量监控信息2对应对应用量监控实例2,包括[monitoring key2、会话级别指示、用量阈值threshold2]。其中,PCC规则指示可以为业务数据流级别指示,用于指示monitoring key1对应业务数据流级用量监控实例。Among them, the PCC rule 1 includes a monitoring key1, and the PCC rule 2 includes a monitoring key2. Both PCC Rule 1 and PCC Rule 2 do not set an indication that the amount detected by the PCC rule is excluded from the session level usage, that is, the PCF decision PCC Rule 1 and the PCC Rule 2 usage are accumulated to the session level usage monitoring. The usage monitoring information 1 corresponds to the usage monitoring example 1, including [monitoring key1, PCC rule indication, usage threshold threshold1]. The usage monitoring information 2 corresponds to the corresponding usage monitoring instance 2, including [monitoring key 2, session level indication, usage threshold threshold 2]. The PCC rule indication may be a service data flow level indication, and is used to indicate that the monitoring key1 corresponds to the service data flow level usage monitoring instance.
其中,在UPF2执行PCC规则3、PCC规则4的指示可以为UPF1的标识,在PDU会话的所有PSA上或者UPF1上执行会话级用量监控的指示可以为PDU会话的标识。The indication that the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 are executed in the UPF2 may be the identifier of the UPF1, and the indication that the session level usage monitoring is performed on all the PSAs of the PDU session or on the UPF1 may be the identifier of the PDU session.
需要说明的是,当SMF上配置在所有PSA执行会话级用量监控的策略时,步骤602中可以不用下发在PDU会话的所有PSA上或者UPF1上执行会话级用量监控的指示。其中,SMF上配置的在所有PSA执行会话级用量监控的策略可以由PCF在步骤602之前下发给SMF。It should be noted that when the SMF performs the policy of performing the session-level usage monitoring on all the PSAs, the indication of the session-level usage monitoring on the PSAs of the PDU session or the UPF1 may not be performed in the step 602. The policy for performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs configured on the SMF may be sent by the PCF to the SMF before step 602.
步骤603:SMF接收PCC规则1、PCC规则2、用量监控信息1和用量监控信息2,以及在UPF2执行PCC规则3、PCC规则4的指示和在PDU会话的所有PSA上或者UPF1上执行会话级用量监控的指示。Step 603: The SMF receives the PCC rule 1, the PCC rule 2, the usage monitoring information 1 and the usage monitoring information 2, and performs the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4 indication in the UPF2, and executes the session level on all PSAs of the PDU session or on the UPF1. Instructions for usage monitoring.
步骤604:SMF根据PCC规则1制定PDR1,根据PCC规则2制定PDR2,根据用量监控信息1制定URR1,根据用量监控信息2制定URR2。Step 604: The SMF formulates PDR1 according to PCC rule 1, formulates PDR2 according to PCC rule 2, formulates URR1 according to usage monitoring information 1, and formulates URR2 according to usage monitoring information 2.
其中,PDR1中包括了PCC规则1的业务数据流模板对应的分组检测信息。PDR2中包括了PCC规则2中的业务数据流模板对应的分组检测信息。monitoring key1与URR1对应,URR1的用量阈值threshold1*小于或等于threshold1;monitoring key2与URR2对应,URR2的用量阈值小于或等于threshold2*,URR1与PDR1关联,URR2与PDR1和PDR2关联。The PDR1 includes the packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template of the PCC rule 1. PDR2 includes packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in PCC Rule 2. Monitoring key1 corresponds to URR1, URR1 usage threshold threshold1* is less than or equal to threshold1; monitoring key2 corresponds to URR2, URR2 usage threshold is less than or equal to threshold2*, URR1 is associated with PDR1, and URR2 is associated with PDR1 and PDR2.
具体的,SMF可以根据在UPF2执行PCC规则3、PCC规则4的指示和在PDU会话的所有PSA上或者UPF1上执行会话级用量监控的指示,确定在UPF1上执行PCC规则1、PCC规则4对应的监控策略,以及在UPF1上执行会话级用量监控,触发SMF执行步骤604。Specifically, the SMF may perform the PCC rule 1 and the PCC rule 4 on the UPF 1 according to the indication that the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 are executed in the UPF 2 and the session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs of the PDU session or on the UPF 1 . The monitoring policy, as well as performing session level usage monitoring on UPF1, triggers SMF to perform step 604.
步骤605:SMF向UPF1发送PDR1、PDR2、URR1以及URR2。Step 605: The SMF sends PDR1, PDR2, URR1, and URR2 to the UPF1.
步骤606:UPF1根据PDR1及PDR1关联的URR1进行用量监控,根据PDR2、PDR1及PDR1和PDR2关联的URR2进行用量监控。Step 606: UPF1 performs usage monitoring according to PRR1 and PRR1 associated URR1, and performs usage monitoring according to PDR2, PDR1, and PDR1 and PDR2 associated URR2.
进一步的,UPF1根据PDR1及PDR1关联的URR1进行用量监控,根据PDR2、PDR1及PDR1和PDR2关联的URR2进行用量监控之后,UPF1还可以向SMF上报累计用量,执行图4a所示过程,不再赘述。Further, the UPF1 performs the usage monitoring according to the URR1 associated with the PDR1 and the PDR1. After the usage monitoring is performed according to the URR2 associated with the PDR2, the PDR1, and the PDR1 and the PDR2, the UPF1 can also report the cumulative usage to the SMF, and the process shown in Figure 4a is performed. .
步骤607:SMF为PDU会话新增一个PSA(如UPF2)。Step 607: The SMF adds a PSA (such as UPF2) to the PDU session.
其中,上述PDU会话为在UPF1上建立的会话,UPF1和UPF2为不同的UPF,二者均被SMF所管理。The PDU session is a session established on the UPF1, and the UPF1 and the UPF2 are different UPFs, both of which are managed by the SMF.
具体的,SMF为PDU会话新增一个PSA的过程为现有技术,不再赘述,当SMF为PDU会话新增PSA后,SMF中可保存该PDU会话与该PDU会话上的UPF的对应关系。Specifically, the SMF adds a PSA to the PDU session. The process of adding a PSA to the PDU session is not described. After the SMF adds a PSA to the PDU session, the SMF can save the correspondence between the PDU session and the UPF on the PDU session.
步骤608:SMF向PCF发送事件通知,通知PCF该PDU会话上新增一个PSA。Step 608: The SMF sends an event notification to the PCF to notify the PCF to add a PSA to the PDU session.
其中,该事件通知可以包括UPF2的标识、以及PDU会话的标识。The event notification may include an identifier of the UPF2 and an identifier of the PDU session.
其中,UPF2的标识用于标识UPF2,UPF2的标识可以为UPF2的NF ID或UPF2的DNAI,还可以为UPF2对应的IPV6Prefix,不予限制。The identifier of the UPF2 is used to identify the UPF2, and the identifier of the UPF2 may be the NF ID of the UPF2 or the DNAI of the UPF2, and may also be the IPV6Prefix corresponding to the UPF2, and is not limited.
步骤609、PCF接收事件通知,根据预设配置确定在UPF2执行对用量监控实例1以及用量监控实例2的用量监控。Step 609: The PCF receives the event notification, and determines, according to the preset configuration, the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 1 and the usage monitoring instance 2 in the UPF2.
具体的,PCF根据预设配置确定在UPF2执行用量监控实例1的用量监控、以及用量监控实例2的用量监控的过程可参照上述步骤401和步骤501,不再赘述。Specifically, the PCF determines, according to the preset configuration, the process of performing the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 1 in the UPF2 and the monitoring of the usage of the usage monitoring instance 2, refer to the foregoing steps 401 and 501, and no further details are provided.
步骤610:PCF根据用户的签约信息制定PCC规则3、PCC规则4以及用量监控信息3和用量监控信息4。Step 610: The PCF formulates the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, the usage monitoring information 3, and the usage monitoring information 4 according to the subscription information of the user.
其中,PCC规则3检测控制的业务属于用量监控实例1监控的业务,在此,PCF为用量监控实例1仍分配monitoring key1,PCC规则3包括(monitoring key1),即表示PCC规则3监控的业务属于monitoring key1监控的业务。The service controlled by the PCC rule 3 belongs to the service monitored by the usage monitoring instance 1 . Here, the PCF still assigns the monitoring key 1 to the usage monitoring instance 1 and the monitoring key 1 includes the monitoring key 1 Monitoring key1 monitored business.
PCC规则3、PCC规则4监控的业务都属于用量监控实例2监控的业务,PCF决策PCC规则3和PCC规则4的用量需要累计到会话级别,不为PCC规则3和PCC规则4设置将PCC规则3和PCC规则4检测到的用量从会话级用量中排除的指示。The services monitored by the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 belong to the service monitored by the usage monitoring instance 2, and the usage of the PCF decision PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 needs to be accumulated to the session level, and the PCC rule is not set for the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4. 3 and the indication that the amount detected by PCC Rule 4 is excluded from the session level usage.
其中,用量监控信息3包括[monitoring key1、PCC规则指示、执行指示1、新的用量阈值threshold1*];用量监控信息4包括[monitoring key2、会话级别指示、执行指示2、以及新的用量阈值threshold2*]。The usage monitoring information 3 includes [monitoring key1, PCC rule indication, execution indication 1, new usage threshold threshold1*]; the usage monitoring information 4 includes [monitoring key2, session level indication, execution indication 2, and a new usage threshold threshold2 *].
其中,执行指示1可以用于指示monitoring key1对应的新的用量阈值为新分配给monitoring key1的用量阈值,不能覆盖旧的用量阈值,即不去替换之前下发的monitoring key1对应的用量阈值。同理,执行指示2可以用于指示monitoring key2对应的新的用量阈值为新分配给monitoring key2的用量阈值,不能覆盖旧的用量阈值,即不去替换之前下发的monitoring key2对应的用量阈值。The execution indication 1 may be used to indicate that the new usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 is the usage threshold that is newly allocated to the monitoring key1, and the old usage threshold is not overwritten, that is, the usage threshold corresponding to the previously issued monitoring key1 is not replaced. For the same reason, the execution indication 2 can be used to indicate that the new usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key 2 is the usage threshold that is newly allocated to the monitoring key 2, and cannot override the old usage threshold, that is, the usage threshold corresponding to the previously issued monitoring key 2 is not replaced.
新的用量阈值threshold1*可以根据业务数据流级的签约信息中的用量限额、业务数据流级的用量信息中的累计用量、以及已下发的用量阈值threshold1计算得到,如:threshold1*可以小于或等于用量限额-累计用量-threshold1。The new usage threshold threshold1* can be calculated according to the usage quota in the subscription information of the service data flow level, the cumulative usage in the usage information of the service data flow level, and the threshold usage threshold threshold1. For example, threshold1* can be less than or Equal to the usage limit - cumulative usage - threshold1.
同理,新的threshold2*可以根据会话级的签约信息中的用量限额、会话级的用量信息中的累计用量、以及已下发的用量阈值threshold2计算得到,如:threshold2*可以小于或等于用量限额-累计用量-threshold2。如:假设用量限额为1000M,累计用量为500M,已下发的与用量监控实例1对应的monitoring key1的用量阈值为100M,则新的threshold2*可以小于或等于1000M-500M-100M=400M,如可以为200M。Similarly, the new threshold2* can be calculated according to the usage limit in the session-level subscription information, the cumulative usage in the session-level usage information, and the delivered usage threshold threshold2, for example, threshold2* can be less than or equal to the usage limit. - Cumulative usage - threshold2. For example, if the usage limit is 1000M and the cumulative usage is 500M, the usage threshold of the monitoring key1 corresponding to the usage monitoring example 1 is 100M, the new threshold2* can be less than or equal to 1000M-500M-100M=400M, such as Can be 200M.
需要说明的是,步骤610可以在PDU会话包含UPF1和UPF2两个PSA的整个生命期执行。It should be noted that step 610 can be performed during the entire lifetime of the PDU session including two PSAs of UPF1 and UPF2.
步骤611:PCF向SMF发送PCC规则3、PCC规则4、用量监控信息3和用量监控信息4,以及在UPF2执行PCC规则3、PCC规则4的指示。Step 611: The PCF sends the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, the usage monitoring information 3, and the usage monitoring information 4 to the SMF, and executes the indication of the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 in the UPF2.
需要说明的是,若步骤602中PCF没有下发在PDU会话的所有PSA执行会话级用量监 控的指示或在SMF没有配置在所有PSA执行会话级用量监控的策略,则在步骤611中,PCF还下发在UPF2执行会话级用量监控或在PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的指示。It should be noted that, in step 602, if the PCF does not issue an indication that all PSAs in the PDU session perform session level usage monitoring or the SMF does not configure a policy for performing session level usage monitoring in all PSAs, then in step 611, the PCF further The indication of performing session level usage monitoring on the UPF2 or performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the PDU session is issued.
步骤612:SMF接收PCC规则3、PCC规则4、用量监控信息3、用量监控策略4,PCC规则3和PCC规则4在UPF2上执行的指示。Step 612: The SMF receives an indication that the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, the usage monitoring information 3, the usage monitoring policy 4, the PCC rule 3, and the PCC rule 4 are executed on the UPF 2.
步骤613:SMF根据PCC规则3制定PDR3,根据PCC规则4制定PDR4,根据用量监控信息3制定URR3,根据用量监控信息4制定URR4,向UPF2发送PDR3、PDR4及其关联的URR3,URR4。Step 613: The SMF formulates PDR3 according to PCC Rule 3, formulates PDR4 according to PCC Rule 4, formulates URR3 according to usage monitoring information 3, formulates URR4 according to usage monitoring information 4, and transmits PDR3, PDR4 and its associated URR3, URR4 to UPF2.
其中,PDR3中包括了PCC规则3中的业务数据流模板对应的分组检测信息。PDR4中包括了PCC规则4中的业务数据流模板对应的分组检测信息。monitoring key1与URR3对应,monitoring key2与URR4对应。PDR3与URR3关联,PDR3、PDR4与URR4关联,即URR3要关联所有在UPF2执行的PDR,除非该PDR匹配的业务数据需要从会话级用量监控从扣除。The PDR3 includes packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in the PCC rule 3. PDR4 includes packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in PCC Rule 4. Monitoring key1 corresponds to URR3, and monitoring key2 corresponds to URR4. PDR3 is associated with URR3, and PDR3 and PDR4 are associated with URR4. That is, URR3 is associated with all PDRs executed in UPF2 unless the service data matched by the PDR needs to be deducted from session-level usage monitoring.
其中,SMF根据用量监控信息3中的执行指示1确定PCF新下发了针对monitoring key1的用量阈值,根据monitoring key1的新的用量阈值threshold1*确定URR3的用量阈值threshold1**,并为URR3分配标识,其中,threshold1**可以小于或者等于threshold1*。同理,SMF根据用量监控信息4中的执行指示2确定PCF新下发了针对monitoring key2的用量阈值,根据monitoring key2的新的用量阈值threshold2*确定URR4的用量阈值threshold2**,并为URR4分配标识,其中,threshold2**可以小于或者等于threshold2*。The SMF determines, according to the execution indication 1 in the usage monitoring information 3, that the PCF newly delivers the usage threshold for the monitoring key1, determines the URR3 usage threshold threshold1** according to the new usage threshold threshold1* of the monitoring key1, and assigns an identifier to the URR3. , where threshold1** can be less than or equal to threshold1*. Similarly, the SMF determines that the PCF newly sends the usage threshold for the monitoring key 2 according to the execution indication 2 in the usage monitoring information 4, and determines the URR4 usage threshold threshold2** according to the new usage threshold threshold2* of the monitoring key2, and allocates the URR4 threshold. Identification, where threshold2** can be less than or equal to threshold2*.
具体的,SMF根据PCC规则3中的monitoring key1以及PCC规则3在UPF2上执行的指示,确定在UPF2上对monitoring key1进行用量监控,根据步骤602中下发的在PDU会话包括的所有PSA执行会话级用量监控的指示确定在UPF2上对monitoring key2进行用量监控后,触发SMF执行步骤613。Specifically, the SMF performs the usage monitoring on the monitoring key1 on the UPF2 according to the monitoring key1 in the PCC rule 3 and the indication executed by the PCC rule 3 on the UPF2, and performs the session according to all the PSAs included in the PDU session delivered in step 602. The indication of the level usage monitoring determines that after the monitoring of the monitoring key 2 is performed on the UPF 2, the SMF is triggered to perform step 613.
需要说明的是,当threshold1**小于threshold1*时,SMF可以保存threshold1*-threshold1**之后剩余的的用量;当threshold2**小于threshold1*时,SMF可以保存threshold2*-threshold2**之后剩余的用量。It should be noted that when threshold1** is less than threshold1*, the SMF can save the remaining amount after threshold1*-threshold1**; when threshold2** is less than threshold1*, the SMF can save the remaining after threshold2*-threshold2** Dosage.
此外,在步骤613中,SMF还保存URR与monitoring key的对应关系。至此,SMF中保存的URR与monitoring key的对应关系有:monitoring key1对应URR1、URR3,monitoring key2对应URR2、URR4。其中,UUR ID1、UUR ID3的取值可以相同或者不同,UUR ID2和UUR ID4可以相同或者不同。In addition, in step 613, the SMF also saves the correspondence between the URR and the monitoring key. At this point, the correspondence between the URR and the monitoring key stored in the SMF is: the monitoring key1 corresponds to URR1, URR3, and the monitoring key2 corresponds to URR2 and URR4. The values of UUR ID1 and UUR ID3 may be the same or different, and UUR ID2 and UUR ID4 may be the same or different.
步骤614、UPF2根据PDR3及PDR3关联的URR3进行用量监控,根据PDR3、PDR4及PDR3和PDR4关联的URR4进行用量监控。Step 614: UPF2 performs usage monitoring according to PRR3 and PRR3 associated URR3, and performs usage monitoring according to PDR3, PDR4, and PDR3 and PDR4 associated URR4.
进一步的,在步骤614之后,UPF2还可以向SMF上报累计用量,执行图4a所示过程,不再赘述。Further, after step 614, the UPF2 may also report the accumulated usage to the SMF, and perform the process shown in FIG. 4a, and details are not described herein.
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种策略控制方法的流程图,如图7所示,所述方法包括:FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a policy control method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7, the method includes:
步骤701-步骤709。Step 701 - Step 709.
其中,步骤701与步骤601相同,步骤702与步骤602相同,步骤703与步骤603相同,步骤704与步骤604相同,步骤705与步骤605相同,步骤706与步骤606相同,步骤707与步骤607相同,步骤708与步骤608相同,步骤709与步骤609相同,不再赘述。Step 701 is the same as step 601, step 702 is the same as step 602, step 703 is the same as step 603, step 704 is the same as step 604, step 705 is the same as step 605, step 706 is the same as step 606, step 707 is the same as step 607. Step 708 is the same as step 608, and step 709 is the same as step 609, and details are not described herein again.
步骤710:PCF根据用户的签约信息制定PCC规则3、PCC规则4。Step 710: The PCF formulates the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 according to the subscription information of the user.
其中,PCC规则3检测控制的业务属于用量监控实例1监控的业务,在此,PCF为用量监控实例1仍分配monitoring key1,其中,PCC规则3包括(monitoring key1),即表示PCC规则3监控的业务属于monitoring key1监控的业务。PCC规则3、PCC规则4监控的业务都属于用量监控实例2监控的业务,PCF决策PCC规则3和PCC规则4的用量需要累计到会话级别,不为PCC规则3和PCC规则4设置将PCC规则3和PCC规则4检测到的用量从会话级用量中排除的指示。The PCC rule 3 detects that the service is controlled by the usage monitoring instance 1 . The service belongs to the business monitored by monitoring key1. The services monitored by the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 belong to the service monitored by the usage monitoring instance 2, and the usage of the PCF decision PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 needs to be accumulated to the session level, and the PCC rule is not set for the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4. 3 and the indication that the amount detected by PCC Rule 4 is excluded from the session level usage.
需要说明的是,步骤710可以在PDU会话包含UPF1和UPF2两个PSA的整个生命期执行。It should be noted that step 710 can be performed during the entire lifetime of the PDU session including two PSAs of UPF1 and UPF2.
步骤711:PCF向SMF发送PCC规则3、PCC规则4,以及在UPF2执行PCC规则3、PCC规则4的指示。Step 711: The PCF sends the PCC Rule 3, the PCC Rule 4 to the SMF, and the PCC Rule 3 and the PCC Rule 4 are executed in the UPF2.
需要说明的是,若步骤702中PCF没有下发在PDU会话的所有PSA执行会话级用量监控的指示或SMF上没有配置在所有PSA执行会话级用量监控的策略,则在步骤711中,PCF还下发在UPF2执行会话级用量监控或在所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的指示。It should be noted that, in step 702, if the PCF does not issue an indication that all PSAs in the PDU session perform session level usage monitoring or the SMF does not configure a policy for performing session level usage monitoring in all PSAs, then in step 711, the PCF further The instructions for performing session level usage monitoring on UPF2 or performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs are issued.
步骤712:SMF接收PCC规则3、PCC规则4,以及PCC规则3和PCC规则4在UPF2上执行的指示。Step 712: The SMF receives the PCC Rule 3, the PCC Rule 4, and an indication that the PCC Rule 3 and the PCC Rule 4 are executed on the UPF 2.
步骤713:若SMF具有阈值分片能力,则SMF判断是否存在monitoring key1对应的剩余的用量阈值和monitoring key2对应的剩余的用量阈值,若存在monitoring key1对应的剩余的用量阈值和monitoring key2对应的剩余的用量阈值,执行步骤715,否则SMF从UPF1获取URR1的累计用量和URR2的累计用量,执行步骤714;若SMF不具有阈值分片能力,则SMF从UPF1获取用量报告,执行步骤714。Step 713: If the SMF has the threshold fragmentation capability, the SMF determines whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 and a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key2, if there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 and a remaining amount corresponding to the monitoring key2 If the SMF does not have the threshold fragmentation capability, the SMF obtains the usage report from the UPF1, and step 714 is performed.
其中,monitoring key1对应的剩余的用量阈值为SMF之前从PCF接收到的monitoring key1的用量阈值与SMF已经为URR1分配的用量阈值的差值;monitoring key2对应的剩余的用量阈值为SMF之前从PCF接收到的monitoring key2的用量阈值与SMF已经为URR2分配的用量阈值的差值。The remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 is the difference between the usage threshold of the monitoring key1 received from the PCF before the SMF and the usage threshold that the SMF has allocated for the URR1; the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key2 is received from the PCF before the SMF. The difference between the usage threshold of the monitoring key2 and the usage threshold that the SMF has allocated for the URR2.
具体的,SMF从UPF1中获取URR1的累计用量和URR2的累计用量可以包括:SMF向UPF1发送用量请求,请求获取URR1对应的累计用量、以及URR2对应的累计用量,该请求可以包括URR1的标识以及URR2的标识;UPF1接收到该请求后,向SMF发送URR1的累计用量和URR2的累计用量。Specifically, the SMF obtains the cumulative usage of the URR1 and the cumulative usage of the URR2 from the UPF1, and the SMF may send the usage request to the UPF1, requesting to obtain the cumulative usage corresponding to the URR1, and the cumulative usage corresponding to the URR2, where the request may include the identifier of the URR1 and URR2 identifier; after receiving the request, UPF1 sends the cumulative usage of URR1 and the cumulative usage of URR2 to the SMF.
步骤714、SMF确定monitoring key1对应的可用的用量阈值threshold1*,根据threshold1*确定URR3;以及,确定monitoring key2对应的可用的用量阈值threshold2*,根据threshold2*确定URR4;根据PCC规则3确定PDR3,根据PCC规则4确定PDR4。Step 714: The SMF determines the available usage threshold threshold1* corresponding to the monitoring key1, determines the URR3 according to the threshold1*, and determines the available usage threshold threshold2* corresponding to the monitoring key2, determines the URR4 according to the threshold2*, and determines the PDR3 according to the PCC rule 3, according to PCC Rule 4 determines PDR4.
其中,monitoring key1对应的可用的用量阈值为SMF之前从PCF接收到的monitoring key1的用量阈值与URR1至今报告的的累计用量总计的差值,或者为SMF最后一次为URR1分配的用量阈值与URR1这次报告的的用量阈值的差值。monitoring key2对应的可用的用量阈值为SMF之前从PCF接收到的monitoring key2的用量阈值与URR2至今报告的的累计用量总计的差值,或者为SMF最后一次为URR2分配的用量阈值与URR2这次报告的的用量阈值的差值。如:PCF之前下发给SMF的URR1中的用量阈值为threshold1,UPF1上报的URR1对应的累计用量Uasge_Volume1,则monitoring key1对应的可用的用量阈值为 threshold1-Uasge_Volume1。The available usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 is the difference between the usage threshold of the monitoring key1 received from the PCF before the SMF and the total usage total reported by the URR1, or the usage threshold of the last time the SMF is allocated to the URR1 and the URR1. The difference in usage thresholds for the second report. The available usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key2 is the difference between the usage threshold of the monitoring key2 received from the PCF before the SMF and the total usage total reported by the URR2, or the usage threshold of the last time the SMF is allocated for the URR2 and the URR2 report. The difference in the usage threshold. For example, if the usage threshold in the URR1 sent to the SMF before the PCF is threshold1, and the cumulative usage Uasge_Volume1 corresponding to the URR1 reported by the UPF1, the available usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 is threshold1-Uasge_Volume1.
其中,URR3可以包括URR3的标识、以及monitoring key1对应的用量阈值threshold1**,threshold1**可以小于或者等于threshold1*,即将monitoring key1对应的可用的用量阈值的一部分或者全部作为URR3的用量阈值。同理,URR4可以包括URR4的标识、以及monitoring key2对应的用量阈值threshold2**,其中,threshold1**可以小于或者等于threshold1*,即将monitoring key2对应的可用的用量阈值的一部分或者全部作为URR4的用量阈值。The URR3 may include the identifier of the URR3 and the usage threshold threshold1** corresponding to the monitoring key1, and the threshold1** may be less than or equal to the threshold1*, that is, a part or all of the available usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1 is used as the usage threshold of the URR3. Similarly, URR4 may include the identifier of URR4 and the usage threshold threshold2** corresponding to monitoring key2, where threshold1** may be less than or equal to threshold1*, that is, part or all of the available usage threshold corresponding to monitoring key2 is used as the amount of URR4. Threshold.
其中,PDR3携带PCC规则3中业务数据流模板对应的分组检测信息;PDR4携带PCC规则4中业务数据流模板对应的分组检测信息。PDR3与URR3关联,PDR3、PDR4与URR4关联,(即URR3要关联所有在UPF2执行的PDR除非该PDR匹配的业务数据需要从会话级用量监控从扣除)。The PDR3 carries the packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in the PCC rule 3; the PDR4 carries the packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in the PCC rule 4. PDR3 is associated with URR3, and PDR3 and PDR4 are associated with URR4 (ie, URR3 is associated with all PDRs executed in UPF2 unless the PDR-matched service data needs to be deducted from session-level usage monitoring).
步骤715:SMF根据PCF下发的PCC规则3制定PDR3,根据PCC规则4制定PDR4,根据monitoring key1对应的剩余的用量阈值确定确定URR3,以及根据monitoring key2对应的剩余的用量阈值确定URR4。Step 715: The SMF formulates the PDR3 according to the PCC rule 3 issued by the PCF, formulates the PDR4 according to the PCC rule 4, determines the URR3 according to the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key1, and determines the URR4 according to the remaining usage threshold corresponding to the monitoring key2.
其中,PDR3与URR3关联,PDR3、PDR4与URR4关联,(即URR3要关联所有在UPF2执行的PDR除非该PDR匹配的业务数据需要从会话级用量监控从扣除)。PDR3 is associated with URR3, and PDR3 and PDR4 are associated with URR4 (ie, URR3 is associated with all PDRs executed in UPF2 unless the PDR-matched service data needs to be deducted from session-level usage monitoring).
此外,在步骤715中,SMF还保存URR与monitoring key的对应关系。至此,SMF中保存的URR与monitoring key的对应关系有:monitoring key1对应URR1、URR3,monitoring key2对应URR2、URR4。其中,UUR ID1、UUR ID3的取值可以相同或者不同,UUR ID2和UUR ID4可以相同或者不同。In addition, in step 715, the SMF also saves the correspondence between the URR and the monitoring key. At this point, the correspondence between the URR and the monitoring key stored in the SMF is: the monitoring key1 corresponds to URR1, URR3, and the monitoring key2 corresponds to URR2 and URR4. The values of UUR ID1 and UUR ID3 may be the same or different, and UUR ID2 and UUR ID4 may be the same or different.
步骤716:SMF向UPF2发送PDR3,PDR4及其关联的URR3,URR4。Step 716: The SMF sends PDR3, PDR4 and its associated URR3, URR4 to UPF2.
步骤717:UPF2根据PDR3及PDR3关联的URR3进行用量监控,根据PDR3、PDR4及PDR3和PDR4关联的URR4进行用量监控。Step 717: UPF2 performs usage monitoring according to PRR3 and PDR3 associated URR3, and performs usage monitoring according to PDR3, PDR4, and PDR3 and PDR4 associated URR4.
进一步的,在步骤717之后,UPF2还可以向SMF上报累计用量,执行图4a所示过程,不再赘述。Further, after step 717, the UPF2 can also report the accumulated usage to the SMF, and the process shown in FIG. 4a is executed, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,在步骤714中,SMF还可以更新URR1对应的用量阈值和URR2对应的用量阈值,并向UPF1发送更新后的URR1和URR2,如:可以将小于或者等于monitoring key1对应的可用的用量阈值threshold1*-URR3的用量阈值threshold1**作为更新后的URR1的用量阈值threshold1***,同理,将threshold2*-threshold2**作为更新后的URR2的用量阈值threshold2***。例如,SMF之前下发给UPF1的URR1的用量阈值为200M,UPF1返回的用量报告中URR1的累计用量为50M,则SMF可以将可用的150M中的100M作为URR3的用量阈值,这150M中的50作为URR1的用量阈值,重新发给UPF1。It should be noted that, in step 714, the SMF may further update the usage threshold corresponding to URR1 and the usage threshold corresponding to URR2, and send updated URR1 and URR2 to UPF1, for example, may be less than or equal to the available matching corresponding to monitoring key1. The usage threshold threshold1*-URR3 usage threshold threshold1** is used as the updated URR1 usage threshold threshold1***, and similarly, threshold2*-threshold2** is used as the updated URR2 usage threshold threshold2***. For example, if the usage threshold of URR1 sent to UPF1 by the SMF is 200M, and the cumulative usage of URR1 in the usage report returned by UPF1 is 50M, the SMF can use 100M of the available 150M as the usage threshold of URR3, which is 50% of the 150M. As the usage threshold of URR1, it is re-issued to UPF1.
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种策略控制方法的流程图,如图8所示,所述方法包括:FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a policy control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 8, the method includes:
步骤801-步骤807。Step 801 - Step 807.
其中,步骤801与步骤601相同,步骤802与步骤602相同,步骤803与步骤603相同,步骤804与步骤604相同,步骤805与步骤605相同,步骤806与步骤606相同,步骤807与步骤607相同,不再赘述。Step 801 is the same as step 601, step 802 is the same as step 602, step 803 is the same as step 603, step 804 is the same as step 604, step 805 is the same as step 605, step 806 is the same as step 606, step 807 is the same as step 607. ,No longer.
步骤808:SMF向PCF发送事件通知,通知PCF该PDU会话上新增一个PSA,以及向PCF发送URR1对应的累计用量、URR2对应的累计用量。Step 808: The SMF sends an event notification to the PCF, notifying the PCF to add a PSA to the PDU session, and sending the cumulative usage corresponding to the URR1 and the cumulative usage corresponding to the URR2 to the PCF.
其中,该事件通知包括UPF2的标识、以及PDU会话的标识。The event notification includes an identifier of the UPF2 and an identifier of the PDU session.
其中,UPF2的标识如图6中所述,不再赘述。The identifier of the UPF2 is as described in FIG. 6 and will not be described again.
步骤809:PCF接收事件通知,根据预设配置确定在UPF2执行对用量监控实例1以及用量监控实例2的用量监控Step 809: The PCF receives the event notification, and determines, according to the preset configuration, the usage monitoring of the usage monitoring instance 1 and the usage monitoring instance 2 in the UPF2.
步骤810:PCF根据用户的签约信息制定PCC规则3、PCC规则4以及用量监控信息3和用量监控信息4。Step 810: The PCF formulates the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, the usage monitoring information 3, and the usage monitoring information 4 according to the subscription information of the user.
其中,PCC规则3检测控制的业务属于用量监控实例1监控的业务,在此,PCF为用量监控实例1仍分配monitoring key1,PCC规则3包括(monitoring key1),即表示PCC规则3监控的业务属于monitoring key1监控的业务。The service controlled by the PCC rule 3 belongs to the service monitored by the usage monitoring instance 1 . Here, the PCF still assigns the monitoring key 1 to the usage monitoring instance 1 and the monitoring key 1 includes the monitoring key 1 Monitoring key1 monitored business.
PCC规则3、PCC规则4监控的业务都属于用量监控实例2监控的业务,PCF决策PCC规则3和PCC规则4的用量需要累计到会话级别,不为PCC规则3和PCC规则4设置将PCC规则3和PCC规则4检测到的用量从会话级用量中排除的指示。The services monitored by the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 belong to the service monitored by the usage monitoring instance 2, and the usage of the PCF decision PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 needs to be accumulated to the session level, and the PCC rule is not set for the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4. 3 and the indication that the amount detected by PCC Rule 4 is excluded from the session level usage.
其中,用量监控信息3包括[monitoring key1、PCC规则指示、新的用量阈值threshold1*];用量监控信息4包括[monitoring key2、会话级别指示、以及新的用量阈值threshold2*]。The usage monitoring information 3 includes [monitoring key1, PCC rule indication, new usage threshold threshold1*]; the usage monitoring information 4 includes [monitoring key2, session level indication, and new usage threshold threshold2*].
其中,其中,新的用量阈值threshold1*可以根据业务数据流级的签约信息中的用量限额、业务数据流级的用量信息中的累计用量以及URR1的累计用量计算得到,如:threshold1*可以小于或等于用量限额-累计用量-URR1的累计用量。The new usage threshold threshold1* can be calculated according to the usage quota in the subscription information of the service data flow level, the cumulative usage in the usage information of the service data flow level, and the cumulative usage of the URR1, for example, threshold1* can be less than or Equal to the usage limit - cumulative usage - the cumulative usage of URR1.
同理,新的threshold2*可以根据会话级的签约信息中的用量限额、会话级的用量信息中的累计用量以及URR2的累计用量计算得到,如:threshold2*可以小于或等于用量限额-累计用量-URR2的累计用量计算得到。如:假设用量限额为1000M,累计用量为500M,URR1的累计用量为100M,则新的用量阈值可以小于或等于1000M-500M-100M=400M,如可以为200M。此外,PCF还可以记录monitoring key_a与monitoring key 1的对应关系。Similarly, the new threshold2* can be calculated according to the usage limit in the session-level subscription information, the cumulative usage in the session-level usage information, and the cumulative usage of URR2. For example, threshold2* can be less than or equal to the usage limit-cumulative usage- The cumulative usage of URR2 is calculated. For example, if the dosage limit is 1000M, the cumulative dosage is 500M, and the cumulative usage of URR1 is 100M, the new usage threshold can be less than or equal to 1000M-500M-100M=400M, such as 200M. In addition, the PCF can also record the correspondence between the monitoring key_a and the monitoring key 1.
需要说明的是,步骤810可以PDU会话包含UPF1和UPF2两个PSA的整个生命期执行。It should be noted that step 810 may perform the entire lifetime of the two PSAs of the PDU session including UPF1 and UPF2.
步骤811:PCF向SMF发送PCC规则3、PCC规则4、用量监控信息3和用量监控信息4,以及在UPF2执行PCC规则3、PCC规则4的指示和在UPF2上执行会话级用量监控的指示。Step 811: The PCF sends the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, the usage monitoring information 3, and the usage monitoring information 4 to the SMF, and performs an instruction of the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, and an instruction to perform the session level usage monitoring on the UPF2 in the UPF2.
需要说明的是,若步骤802中PCF没有下发在PDU会话的所有PSA执行会话级用量监控的指示或在SMF上没有配置在所有PSA执行会话级用量监控的策略,则在步骤811中,PCF还下发在UPF2执行会话级用量监控或在所有PSA执行会话级用量监控的指示。It should be noted that, if the PCF in step 802 does not issue an indication that all PSAs in the PDU session perform session level usage monitoring or does not configure a policy for performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs in the SMF, then in step 811, the PCF is performed. It also issues instructions for performing session level usage monitoring on UPF2 or performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs.
步骤812:SMF接收PCC规则3、PCC规则4、用量监控信息3、用量监控策略4,PCC规则3和PCC规则4在UPF2上执行的指示,以及在UPF2上执行会话级用量监控的指示。Step 812: The SMF receives an indication that the PCC rule 3, the PCC rule 4, the usage monitoring information 3, the usage monitoring policy 4, the PCC rule 3 and the PCC rule 4 are executed on the UPF 2, and the session level usage monitoring is performed on the UPF 2.
具体的,SMF根据PCC规则3中的monitoring key1以及PCC规则3在UPF2上执行的指示,确定在UPF2上对monitoring key1进行用量监控、根据在UPF2执行会话级用量监控的指示或在所有PSA执行会话级用量监控的指示或配置确定在UPF2上对monitoring key2进行用量监控。至此,SMF确定UPF1和UPF2均对monitoring key1、monitoring key2进行用量监控。Specifically, the SMF determines, according to the monitoring key1 in the PCC rule 3 and the indication executed by the PCC rule 3 on the UPF2, that the monitoring key1 is monitored on the UPF2, the session-level usage monitoring is performed in the UPF2, or the session is performed in all the PSAs. The indication or configuration of the level usage monitoring determines the usage monitoring of the monitoring key2 on the UPF2. At this point, the SMF determines that both UPF1 and UPF2 monitor the usage of monitoring key1 and monitoring key2.
步骤813:SMF根据PCC规则3制定PDR3,根据PCC规则4制定PDR4,根据用量监控信息3确定URR3和根据用量监控信息4确定URR4,以及更新URR1和URR2。Step 813: The SMF formulates PDR3 according to PCC Rule 3, formulates PDR4 according to PCC Rule 4, determines URR3 according to usage monitoring information 3, and determines URR4 according to usage monitoring information 4, and updates URR1 and URR2.
其中,SMF根据PCC规则3制定的PDR3用于过滤出monitoring key1监控的业务;SMF 根据PCC3规则制定的PDR3、PCC规则4制定的PDR4用于过滤出monitoring key2监控的业务。PDR3携带PCC规则3中业务数据流模板对应的分组检测信息;PDR4携带PCC规则4中业务数据流模板对应的分组检测信息。The PDR3 that is defined by the SMF according to the PCC rule 3 is used to filter out the services monitored by the monitoring key1. The PDR4 defined by the PMF3 and PCC rules defined by the SMF according to the PCC3 rule is used to filter the services monitored by the monitoring key2. The PDR3 carries the packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in the PCC rule 3; the PDR4 carries the packet detection information corresponding to the service data flow template in the PCC rule 4.
其中,URR3可以包括URR3的标识、以及monitoring key1对应的用量阈值threshold1**,URR4可以包括URR4的标识、以及monitoring key2对应的用量阈值threshold2**,threshold1**小于threshold1*,threshold2**小于threshold2*。The URR3 may include the identifier of the URR3 and the usage threshold threshold1** corresponding to the monitoring key1, and the URR4 may include the identifier of the URR4 and the usage threshold threshold2** corresponding to the monitoring key2, the threshold1** is less than the threshold1*, and the threshold2** is less than the threshold2 *.
因上述用量监控信息中,业务数据流级的用量监控信息仅表明针对monitoring key1制定了新的用量阈值threshold1*,并未指示该threshold1*为哪个UPF使用,所以,对于SMF而言,对monitoring key1执行用量监控的UPF都可以分享该新的用量阈值threshold1*,因此,SMF将新的用量阈值threshold1*的一部分作为URR3的用量阈值,其他部分作为更新后的URR1的用量阈值。同理,将新的用量阈值threshold2*的一部分作为URR4的用量阈值,其他部分作为更新后的URR2的用量阈值。In the above usage monitoring information, the usage monitoring information of the service data flow level only indicates that a new usage threshold threshold1* is defined for the monitoring key1, which does not indicate which threshold is used by the threshold1*, so for the SMF, the monitoring key1 The UPF that performs the usage monitoring can share the new usage threshold threshold1*. Therefore, the SMF uses a part of the new usage threshold threshold1* as the usage threshold of the URR3, and the other part is used as the usage threshold of the updated URR1. Similarly, a part of the new usage threshold threshold2* is used as the usage threshold of the URR4, and the other part is used as the usage threshold of the updated URR2.
其中,PDR3与URR3关联,PDR3、PDR4与URR4关联,即URR3要关联所有在UPF2执行的PDR,除非该PDR匹配的业务数据需要从会话级用量监控从扣除。PDR3 is associated with URR3, and PDR3 and PDR4 are associated with URR4. That is, URR3 is associated with all PDRs executed in UPF2 unless the PDR-matched service data needs to be deducted from session-level usage monitoring.
步骤814:SMF向UPF2发送PDR3、PDR4及其关联的URR3、URR4;向UPF1发送更新后的URR1以及URR2。Step 814: The SMF sends PDR3, PDR4 and its associated URR3 and URR4 to the UPF2, and sends the updated URR1 and URR2 to the UPF1.
步骤815:UPF2根据PDR3及其关联的URR3,以及PDR3、PDR4和URR4进行用量监控。UPF1根据PDR1、更新后的URR1,以及PDR1、PDR2以及更新后的URR2进行用量监控。Step 815: UPF2 performs usage monitoring according to PDR3 and its associated URR3, and PDR3, PDR4, and URR4. UPF1 performs usage monitoring based on PDR1, updated URR1, and PDR1, PDR2, and updated URR2.
进一步的,在步骤815之后,UPF1和UPF2还可以向SMF上报累计用量,执行图4a所示过程,不再赘述。Further, after the step 815, the UPF1 and the UPF2 can also report the accumulated usage to the SMF, and the process shown in FIG. 4a is executed, and details are not described herein again.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,上述会话管理网元、策略控制网元为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between the network elements. It can be understood that, in order to implement the foregoing functions, the foregoing session management network element and the policy control network element include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing respective functions. Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the present application can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对会话管理网元、策略控制网元进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application may divide the function module of the session management network element and the policy control network element according to the foregoing method example. For example, each function module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one. Processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the module in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图9示出了上述实施例中涉及的会话管理网元的一种可能的组成示意图,该会话管理网元管理的一个PDU会话包括第一PSA和第二PSA,该会话管理网元向第一PSA发送第一monitoring key对应的第一URR。如图9所示,该会话管理网元可以包括:接收单元91、发送单元92、以及确定单元93。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram showing a possible composition of a session management network element involved in the foregoing embodiment, where a PDU session managed by the session management network element includes a first PSA. And the second PSA, the session management network element sends the first URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the first PSA. As shown in FIG. 9, the session management network element may include: a receiving unit 91, a sending unit 92, and a determining unit 93.
接收单元91,用于接收来自策略控制网元的策略控制信息;其中,策略控制信息包括PCC规则;PCC规则携带第一monitoring key,以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则 对应的策略的信息;发送单元92,用于向第二PSA发送PCC规则对应的第一PDR和第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。The receiving unit 91 is configured to receive policy control information from the policy control network element, where the policy control information includes a PCC rule; the PCC rule carries a first monitoring key, and is used to indicate that the policy corresponding to the PCC rule is executed on the second PSA. The sending unit 92 is configured to send, to the second PSA, a first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key.
或者,接收单元91用于接收来自策略控制网元的包括PCC规则以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息的策略控制信息;发送单元92,用于向第二PSA发送PCC规则对应的第一PDR和第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。Alternatively, the receiving unit 91 is configured to receive, from the policy control network element, policy control information including a PCC rule and information for indicating a policy corresponding to the PCC rule on the second PSA, and a sending unit 92, configured to send to the second PSA. The first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key.
或者,第一monitoring key对应会话级用量监控实例,接收单元91,用于接收来自策略控制网元的用于指示在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于指示在PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的策略控制信息;发送单元92,用于向第二PSA发送第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。Or the first monitoring key corresponds to the session-level usage monitoring instance, and the receiving unit 91 is configured to receive, from the policy control network element, to perform session-level usage monitoring on the second PSA, or to indicate all included in the PDU session. The policy control information of the session level usage monitoring is performed on the PSA; the sending unit 92 is configured to send the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA.
确定单元93,用于在发送单元92向第二PSA发送PCC规则对应的第一PDR和第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,根据PCC规则中的业务数据流模板确定第一PDR的分组检测信息,以及为第一monitoring key确定第二URR;其中,第一PDR包括第二URR的标识。或者,确定单元93用于在发送单元92向第二PSA发送第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,为第一monitoring key确定第二URR。The determining unit 93 is configured to determine, according to the service data flow template in the PCC rule, the packet detection of the first PDR before the sending unit 92 sends the first PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA. Information, and determining a second URR for the first monitoring key; wherein the first PDR includes an identification of the second URR. Alternatively, the determining unit 93 is configured to determine a second URR for the first monitoring key before the sending unit 92 sends the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA.
一种可能的设计中,策略控制网元发送的策略控制信息还包括:第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值和用于指示第一用量阈值不用于覆盖会话管理网元之前接收到的第一monitoring key的用量阈值的第一指示,确定单元93用于根据第一用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值。In a possible design, the policy control information sent by the policy control network element further includes: a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first monitoring received before the first usage threshold is not used to cover the session management network element. The first indication of the usage threshold of the key, the determining unit 93 is configured to determine the usage threshold of the second URR according to the first usage threshold.
又一种可能的设计中,确定单元93用于根据第一URR的累计用量,确定可用的用量阈值;会话管理网元根据可用的用量阈值,确定第二URR的用量阈值。In another possible design, the determining unit 93 is configured to determine an available usage threshold according to the accumulated usage of the first URR; the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the available usage threshold.
再一种可能的设计中,确定单元93用于在存在剩余的用量阈值的情况下,根据剩余的用量阈值确定第二URR的用量阈值。In a further possible design, the determining unit 93 is configured to determine the usage threshold of the second URR according to the remaining usage threshold in the presence of the remaining usage threshold.
需要说明的是,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,不再赘述。本申请实施例提供的会话管理网元,用于执行上述策略控制方法,因此可以达到与上述策略控制方法相同的效果。It should be noted that all relevant contents of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein. The session management network element provided by the embodiment of the present application is used to execute the foregoing policy control method, so that the same effect as the above policy control method can be achieved.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,会话管理网元可以包括处理模块和通信模块,处理模块用于对会话管理网元的动作进行控制管理。通信模块用于支持会话管理网元与其他网络实体的通信,例如与图1示出的功能模块或网络实体之间的通信。会话管理网元还可以包括存储模块,用于存储服务器的程序代码和数据。其中,处理模块可以是处理器或控制器。其可以实现或执行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块可以是收发器、收发电路或通信接口等。存储模块可以是存储器。In the case of an integrated unit, the session management network element may include a processing module and a communication module, and the processing module is configured to control and manage the action of the session management network element. The communication module is used to support communication between the session management network element and other network entities, such as communication with the functional modules or network entities shown in FIG. The session management network element may further include a storage module for storing program code and data of the server. The processing module can be a processor or a controller. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor can also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like. The communication module can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a communication interface. The storage module can be a memory.
当处理模块为处理器,通信模块为通信接口,存储模块为存储器时,本申请实施例所涉及的会话管理网元可以为图3所示的通信设备。When the processing module is a processor, the communication module is a communication interface, and the storage module is a memory, the session management network element involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图10示出了上述实施例中涉及的策略控制网元的一种可能的组成示意图,该策略控制网元确定一个PDU会话包括第一PSA和第二PSA,策略控制网元确定第一PSA上执行第一monitoring key对应的第一用量监控实例的用量监控。如图10所示,该策略控制网元可以包括:确定单元100、发送单元101、接收单元102。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a possible composition of a policy control network element involved in the foregoing embodiment, where the policy control network element determines that a PDU session includes a first PSA and The second PSA, the policy control network element determines that the usage monitoring of the first usage monitoring instance corresponding to the first monitoring key is performed on the first PSA. As shown in FIG. 10, the policy control network element may include: a determining unit 100, a sending unit 101, and a receiving unit 102.
确定单元100用于确定在第二PSA上执行对第一用量监控实例的用量监控;发送单元101用于向会话管理网元发送包括PCC规则的策略控制信息;其中,PCC规则携带第一monitoring key,以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行PCC规则对应的策略的信息。The determining unit 100 is configured to determine to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA; the sending unit 101 is configured to send policy control information including a PCC rule to the session management network element, where the PCC rule carries the first monitoring key And information for indicating a policy corresponding to the execution of the PCC rule on the second PSA.
或者,确定单元100用于确定在第二PSA上执行对第一用量监控实例的用量监控;发送单元101用于向会话管理网元发送包括PCC规则、以及用于指示在第二PSA上执行该PCC规则对应的策略的信息的策略控制信息;其中,PCC规则携带第一monitoring key。Alternatively, the determining unit 100 is configured to determine to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA; the sending unit 101 is configured to send the PCC rule to the session management network element, and to indicate that the performing is performed on the second PSA The policy control information of the information of the policy corresponding to the PCC rule; wherein the PCC rule carries the first monitoring key.
或者,确定单元100用于确定在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控;发送单元101用于向会话管理网元发送用于指示在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于指示在PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控的策略控制信息。Alternatively, the determining unit 100 is configured to determine to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA; the sending unit 101 is configured to send, to the session management network element, an indication to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA, or to indicate in the PDU Policy control information for performing session level usage monitoring on all PSAs included in the session.
接收单元102,用于在发送单元101向会话管理网元发送策略控制信息之前,接收会话管理网元发送的携带新增第二PSA的指示和第一monitoring key的累计用量的信息的消息。The receiving unit 102 is configured to receive, after the sending unit 101 sends the policy control information to the session management network element, a message that is sent by the session management network element and carries the information of adding the second PSA and the accumulated usage of the first monitoring key.
接收单元102,还用于在发送单元101向会话管理网元发送策略控制信息之后,接收会话管理网元报告的包括PDU会话包括的第一PSA或第二PSA报告的URR的累计用量的第一monitoring key的累计用量。The receiving unit 102 is further configured to: after the sending unit 101 sends the policy control information to the session management network element, receive, by the session management network element, the first amount of the cumulative usage of the URR including the first PSA or the second PSA report included in the PDU session. The cumulative amount of monitoring key.
需要说明的是,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,不再赘述。本申请实施例提供的策略控制网元用于执行上述策略控制方法,因此可以达到与上述策略控制方法相同的效果。It should be noted that all relevant contents of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein. The policy control network element provided by the embodiment of the present application is used to execute the foregoing policy control method, so that the same effect as the above policy control method can be achieved.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,策略控制网元可以包括处理模块和通信模块,处理模块用于对策略控制网元的动作进行控制管理。通信模块用于支持策略控制网元与其他网络实体的通信,例如与图1示出的功能模块或网络实体之间的通信。策略控制网元还可以包括存储模块,用于存储策略控制网元的程序代码和数据。其中,处理模块可以是处理器或控制器。其可以实现或执行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块可以是收发器、收发电路或通信接口等。存储模块可以是存储器。In the case of an integrated unit, the policy control network element may include a processing module and a communication module, and the processing module is configured to control and manage the action of the policy control network element. The communication module is used to support communication of policy control network elements with other network entities, such as with the functional modules or network entities shown in FIG. The policy control network element may further include a storage module for storing program code and data of the policy control network element. The processing module can be a processor or a controller. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor can also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like. The communication module can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a communication interface. The storage module can be a memory.
当处理模块为处理器,通信模块为通信接口,存储模块为存储器时,本申请实施例所涉及的策略控制网元可以为图3所示的通信设备。When the processing module is a processor, the communication module is a communication interface, and the storage module is a memory, the policy control network element involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center via wired (eg coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device that includes one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (SSD)) or the like.
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中, 本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the present application has been described herein in connection with the various embodiments, those skilled in the art in the <Desc/Clms Page number>> Other variations of the disclosed embodiments are achieved. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "an" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may fulfill several of the functions recited in the claims. Certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims, but this does not mean that the measures are not combined to produce a good effect.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。While the present invention has been described in connection with the specific embodiments and embodiments thereof, various modifications and combinations can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Accordingly, the description and drawings are to be regarded as It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and changes can be made in the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and variations of the present invention.

Claims (59)

  1. 一种策略控制方法,会话管理网元管理的一个协议数据单元PDU会话包括第一PDU会话锚点PSA和第二PSA,所述会话管理网元向所述第一PSA发送第一监控键monitoring key对应的第一用量报告规则URR;其特征在于,所述方法包括:A policy control method, a protocol data unit PDU session managed by a session management network element includes a first PDU session anchor PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element sends a first monitoring key to the first PSA. Corresponding first usage report rule URR; characterized in that the method comprises:
    所述会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的策略控制信息;其中,所述策略控制信息包括策略计费控制PCC规则;所述PCC规则携带所述第一monitoring key,以及用于指示在所述第二PSA上执行所述PCC规则对应的策略的信息;The session management network element receives the policy control information from the policy control network element, where the policy control information includes a policy charging control PCC rule; the PCC rule carries the first monitoring key, and is used to indicate Information about a policy corresponding to the PCC rule executed on the second PSA;
    所述会话管理网元向所述第二PSA发送所述PCC规则对应的第一包检测规则PDR和所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。The session management network element sends a first packet detection rule PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述会话管理网元向所述第二PSA发送所述PCC规则对应的第一包检测规则PDR和所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the session management network element sends a first packet detection rule PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and a second corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA. Before the URR, the method further includes:
    所述会话管理网元根据所述PCC规则中的业务数据流模板确定所述第一PDR的分组检测信息,以及为所述第一monitoring key确定第二URR;其中,所述第一PDR包括所述第二URR的标识。Determining, by the session management network element, packet detection information of the first PDR according to the service data flow template in the PCC rule, and determining a second URR for the first monitoring key; wherein the first PDR includes The identifier of the second URR.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括:所述第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值和第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一用量阈值不用于覆盖所述会话管理网元之前接收到的所述第一monitoring key的用量阈值;The method according to claim 2, wherein the policy control information further comprises: a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first indication, the first indication being used to indicate the first usage The threshold is not used to cover the usage threshold of the first monitoring key received before the session management network element;
    所述会话管理网元为所述第一monitoring key确定第二URR,具体为:所述会话管理网元根据所述第一用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。The session management network element determines a second URR for the first monitoring key, where the session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the first usage threshold.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述会话管理网元为所述第一monitoring key确定第二URR,具体为:The method according to claim 2, wherein the session management network element determines a second URR for the first monitoring key, specifically:
    所述会话管理网元向所述第一PSA请求上报所述第一URR的累计用量;The session management network element requests the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR;
    所述会话管理网元接收所述第一PSA报告的所述第一URR的累计用量;Receiving, by the session management network element, a cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA;
    所述会话管理网元根据所述第一URR的累计用量,确定可用的用量阈值;The session management network element determines an available usage threshold according to the cumulative usage of the first URR;
    所述会话管理网元根据所述可用的用量阈值,确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。The session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the available usage threshold.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述会话管理网元为所述第一monitoring key确定第二URR,具体为:The method according to claim 2, wherein the session management network element determines a second URR for the first monitoring key, specifically:
    所述会话管理网元判断是否有所述第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值;The session management network element determines whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key;
    在存在所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,所述会话管理网元根据所述剩余的用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值;或者;The session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the remaining usage threshold, in the case that the remaining usage threshold is present; or
    在没有所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,所述会话管理网元向所述第一PSA请求上报所述第一URR的累计用量;所述会话管理网元接收所述第一PSA报告的所述第一URR的累计用量;所述会话管理网元根据所述第一URR的累计用量,确定可用的用量阈值,并根据所述可用的用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。The session management network element requests the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR in the absence of the remaining usage threshold; the session management network element receives the first PSA report The cumulative usage of the first URR; the session management network element determines an available usage threshold according to the cumulative usage of the first URR, and determines a usage threshold of the second URR according to the available usage threshold.
  6. 根据权利要求4或者5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 4 or 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理网元根据所述可用的用量阈值更新所述第一URR的用量阈值;The session management network element updates the usage threshold of the first URR according to the available usage threshold;
    所述会话管理网元向所述第一PSA发送所述更新后的第一URR。The session management network element sends the updated first URR to the first PSA.
  7. 根据权利要求4-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 4-6, wherein
    所述可用的用量阈值为所述会话管理网元从所述策略管理网元接收到的所述第一monitoring key的用量阈值与所述会话管理网元接收到的所述第一URR的累计用量的差值。The usage threshold is the usage threshold of the first monitoring key received by the session management network element from the policy management network element, and the cumulative usage of the first URR received by the session management network element. The difference.
  8. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括所述第一monitoring key的第二用量阈值;所述会话管理网元为所述第一monitoring key确定第二URR,具体为:The method according to claim 2, wherein the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the first monitoring key; the session management network element determines a second URR for the first monitoring key, Specifically:
    所述会话管理网元根据所述第二用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。The session management network element determines a usage threshold of the second URR according to the second usage threshold.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述会话管理网元从所述策略控制网元接收所述策略控制信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein before the session management network element receives the policy control information from the policy control network element, the method further includes:
    所述会话管理网元向所述第一PSA请求上报所述第一URR的累计用量,接收所述第一PSA报告的所述第一URR的累计用量;The session management network element requests the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR, and receives the cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA;
    所述会话管理网元向所述策略控制网元发送消息,其中,所述消息携带新增所述第二PSA的指示和所述第一monitoring key的累计用量的信息,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述第一URR的累计用量。The session management network element sends a message to the policy control network element, where the message carries information indicating that the second PSA is added and the accumulated usage of the first monitoring key is used, the first monitoring key The cumulative usage includes the cumulative amount of the first URR.
  10. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述会话管理网元向所述第二PSA发送所述PCC规则对应的第一包检测规则PDR和所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the session management network element sends a first packet detection rule PDR and the first monitoring key corresponding to the PCC rule to the second PSA. After the corresponding second URR, the method further includes:
    所述会话管理网元接收所述PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量,所述会话管理网元向所述策略控制网元上报所述第一monitoring key的累计用量;其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;或者,The session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the PDU session, and the session management network element reports the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element; The cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by any of the PSAs; or
    所述会话管理网元接收所述PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量,所述会话管理网元判断是否有所述第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值;在存在所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,所述会话管理网元根据所述剩余的用量阈值更新所述任一PSA报告的URR的用量阈值;在没有所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,所述会话管理网元向所述策略控制网元报告所述第一monitoring key的累计用量;其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;The session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the PDU session, and the session management network element determines whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key; In the case of the usage threshold, the session management network element updates the usage threshold of the URR reported by any of the PSAs according to the remaining usage threshold; in the absence of the remaining usage threshold, the session management network Generating, to the policy control network element, the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key; wherein the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by any one of the PSAs;
    其中,所述任一PSA为所述第一PSA或者所述第二PSA。Wherein any one of the PSAs is the first PSA or the second PSA.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述会话管理网元向所述策略控制网元报告所述第一monitoring key的累计用量时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein when the session management network element reports the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element, the method further includes:
    所述会话管理网元向所述策略控制网元发送所述任一PSA的标识。The session management network element sends the identifier of any one of the PSAs to the policy control network element.
  12. 根据权利要求5、10、11所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to claims 5, 10, 11 wherein
    所述剩余的用量阈值为所述会话管理网元从所述策略管理网元接收到的所述第一monitoring key对应的用量阈值中还没有分配给URR的用量阈值。The remaining usage threshold is a usage threshold that is not allocated to the URR in the usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key received by the session management network element from the policy management network element.
  13. 一种策略控制方法,策略控制网元确定一个协议数据单元PDU会话包括第一PDU会话锚点PSA和第二PSA,所述策略控制网元确定所述第一PSA上执行第一监控键monitoring key对应的第一用量监控实例的用量监控;其特征在于,所述方法包括:A policy control method, the policy control network element determines that a protocol data unit PDU session includes a first PDU session anchor PSA and a second PSA, and the policy control network element determines that the first monitoring key is performed on the first PSA. The usage monitoring of the corresponding first usage monitoring instance; wherein the method comprises:
    所述策略控制网元确定在所述第二PSA上执行对所述第一用量监控实例的用量监控;The policy control network element determines to perform usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA;
    所述策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送策略控制信息;其中,所述策略控制信息包括策略计费控制PCC规则;所述PCC规则携带所述第一monitoring key,以及用于指示在所述第二PSA上执行所述PCC规则对应的策略的信息。The policy control network element sends policy control information to the session management network element, where the policy control information includes a policy charging control PCC rule; the PCC rule carries the first monitoring key, and is used to indicate that Information about a policy corresponding to the PCC rule is executed on the second PSA.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括:所述第一 monitoring key的第一用量阈值和第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一用量阈值不用于覆盖所述策略控制网元之前向所述会话管理网元提供的所述第一monitoring key的用量阈值。The method according to claim 13, wherein the policy control information further comprises: a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first indication, the first indication being used to indicate the first usage The threshold is not used to cover the usage threshold of the first monitoring key provided to the session management network element before the policy control network element.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 14 wherein:
    所述第一用量阈值根据用户签约的所述第一用量监控实例的用量限额、所述第一用量监控实例的累计用量和所述策略控制网元已下发的所述第一monitoring key的用量阈值确定。The first usage threshold is based on the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user, the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance, and the usage of the first monitoring key that has been delivered by the policy control network element. The threshold is determined.
  16. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括所述第二monitoring key的第二用量阈值;在所述策略控制网元向所述会话管理网元发送策略控制信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the second monitoring key; and the policy control network element sends policy control information to the session management network element. Previously, the method further includes:
    所述策略控制网元接收所述会话管理网元发送的消息,其中,所述消息携带新增所述第二PSA的指示和所述第一monitoring key的累计用量的信息,其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述第一PSA报告的URR的累计用量。The policy control network element receives the message sent by the session management network element, where the message carries information that adds the indication of the second PSA and the accumulated usage of the first monitoring key, where the The cumulative usage of a monitoring key includes the cumulative amount of URR reported by the first PSA.
  17. 根据权利要求13-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述策略控制网元向所述会话管理网元发送策略控制信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein after the policy control network element sends the policy control information to the session management network element, the method further includes:
    所述策略控制网元接收所述会话管理网元报告的所述第一monitoring key的累计用量,其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;The policy control network element receives the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key reported by the session management network element, where the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the URR of any PSA report included in the PDU session. Cumulative amount;
    其中,所述任一PSA为所述第一PSA或所述第二PSA。Wherein any one of the PSAs is the first PSA or the second PSA.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述策略控制网元接收所述任一PSA的标识。The policy control network element receives the identity of any of the PSAs.
  19. 一种会话管理网元,所述会话管理网元管理的一个协议数据单元PDU会话包括第一PDU会话锚点PSA和第二PSA,所述会话管理网元向所述第一PSA发送第一监控键monitoring key对应的第一用量报告规则URR;其特征在于,所述会话管理网元包括:A session management network element, the protocol data unit PDU session managed by the session management network element includes a first PDU session anchor point PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element sends a first monitoring to the first PSA The first usage report rule URR corresponding to the key monitoring key is characterized in that: the session management network element includes:
    接收单元,用于接收来自策略控制网元的策略控制信息;其中,所述策略控制信息包括策略计费控制PCC规则;所述PCC规则携带所述第一monitoring key,以及用于指示在所述第二PSA上执行所述PCC规则对应的策略的信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive policy control information from a policy control network element, where the policy control information includes a policy charging control PCC rule; the PCC rule carries the first monitoring key, and is used to indicate that Performing, on the second PSA, information about a policy corresponding to the PCC rule;
    发送单元,用于向所述第二PSA发送所述PCC规则对应的第一包检测规则PDR和所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR。And a sending unit, configured to send, to the second PSA, a first packet detection rule PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,所述会话管理网元还包括:The session management network element according to claim 19, wherein the session management network element further comprises:
    确定单元,用于在所述发送单元向所述第二PSA发送所述PCC规则对应的第一包检测规则PDR和所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,根据所述PCC规则中的业务数据流模板确定所述第一PDR的分组检测信息,以及为所述第一monitoring key确定第二URR;其中,所述第一PDR包括所述第二URR的标识。a determining unit, configured to send, according to the first packet detection rule PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key, to the second PSA, according to the PCC rule The service data flow template determines packet detection information of the first PDR, and determines a second URR for the first monitoring key; wherein the first PDR includes an identifier of the second URR.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括:所述第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值和第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一用量阈值不用于覆盖所述会话管理网元之前接收到的所述第一monitoring key的用量阈值;The session management network element according to claim 20, wherein the policy control information further includes: a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate the The first usage threshold is not used to cover the usage threshold of the first monitoring key received before the session management network element;
    所述确定单元,具体用于根据所述第一用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。The determining unit is specifically configured to determine a usage threshold of the second URR according to the first usage threshold.
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,所述确定单元,具体用于:The session management network element according to claim 20, wherein the determining unit is specifically configured to:
    通过所述发送单元向所述第一PSA请求上报所述第一URR的累计用量;通过所述接收单元接收所述第一PSA报告的所述第一URR的累计用量;根据所述第一URR的累计用量,确定 可用的用量阈值;根据所述可用的用量阈值,确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。And sending, by the sending unit, the cumulative usage of the first URR to the first PSA; receiving, by the receiving unit, a cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA; according to the first URR The cumulative usage amount is used to determine an available usage threshold; and the usage threshold of the second URR is determined according to the available usage threshold.
  23. 根据权利要求20所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,所述确定单元,具体用于:The session management network element according to claim 20, wherein the determining unit is specifically configured to:
    判断是否有所述第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值;Determining whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key;
    在存在所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,根据所述剩余的用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值;或者;Determining, according to the remaining usage threshold, a usage threshold of the second URR, where the remaining usage threshold is present; or
    在没有所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,向所述第一PSA请求上报所述第一URR的累计用量;接收所述第一PSA报告的所述第一URR的累计用量;根据所述第一URR的累计用量,确定可用的用量阈值,并根据所述可用的用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。In the absence of the remaining usage threshold, requesting the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR; receiving the cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA; A cumulative usage of a URR, determining an available usage threshold, and determining a usage threshold for the second URR based on the available usage threshold.
  24. 根据权利要求22或者23任一项所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,A session management network element according to any one of claims 22 or 23, wherein
    所述确定单元,还用于根据所述可用的用量阈值更新所述第一URR的用量阈值;The determining unit is further configured to update the usage threshold of the first URR according to the available usage threshold;
    所述发送单元,还用于向所述第一PSA发送所述更新后的第一URR。The sending unit is further configured to send the updated first URR to the first PSA.
  25. 根据权利要求22-24任一项所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,A session management network element according to any one of claims 22-24, characterized in that
    所述可用的用量阈值为所述会话管理网元从所述策略管理网元接收到的所述第一monitoring key的用量阈值与所述会话管理网元接收到的所述第一URR的累计用量的差值。The usage threshold is the usage threshold of the first monitoring key received by the session management network element from the policy management network element, and the cumulative usage of the first URR received by the session management network element. The difference.
  26. 根据权利要求20所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括所述第一monitoring key的第二用量阈值;所述确定单元,具体用于:The session management network element according to claim 20, wherein the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the first monitoring key; and the determining unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述第二用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。Determining a usage threshold of the second URR according to the second usage threshold.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,A session management network element according to claim 26, wherein
    所述发送单元,还用于在所述接收单元从所述策略控制网元接收所述策略控制信息之前,向所述第一PSA请求上报所述第一URR的累计用量;The sending unit is further configured to: before the receiving unit receives the policy control information from the policy control network element, request, by the first PSA, to report a cumulative usage of the first URR;
    所述接收单元,还用于接收所述第一PSA报告的所述第一URR的累计用量,以及向所述策略控制网元发送消息,其中,所述消息携带新增所述第二PSA的指示和所述第一monitoring key的累计用量的信息,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述第一URR的累计用量。The receiving unit is further configured to receive a cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA, and send a message to the policy control network element, where the message carries a new second PSA And indicating information about the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key, the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes a cumulative usage of the first URR.
  28. 根据权利要求20-26任一项所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,A session management network element according to any one of claims 20-26, characterized in that
    所述接收单元,还用于在所述发送单元向所述第二PSA发送所述PCC规则对应的第一包检测规则PDR和所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之后,接收所述PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;所述发送单元,还用于向所述策略控制网元上报所述第一monitoring key的累计用量;其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;或者,The receiving unit is further configured to: after the sending unit sends the first packet detection rule PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, receive the PDU The cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the session; the sending unit is further configured to report the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element; wherein, the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key The cumulative amount of URR including any of the PSA reports; or,
    所述接收单元,还用于在所述发送单元向所述第二PSA发送所述PCC规则对应的第一包检测规则PDR和所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之后,接收所述PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;所述确定单元,还用于判断是否有所述第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值,在存在所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,根据所述剩余的用量阈值更新所述任一PSA报告的URR的用量阈值;所述发送单元,还用于在没有所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,向所述策略控制网元报告所述第一monitoring key的累计用量;其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;The receiving unit is further configured to: after the sending unit sends the first packet detection rule PDR corresponding to the PCC rule and the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, receive the PDU The cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the session; the determining unit is further configured to determine whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key, where the remaining usage threshold is present, according to The remaining usage threshold is used to update the usage threshold of the URR reported by any of the PSAs; the sending unit is further configured to report the first to the policy control network element without the remaining usage threshold a cumulative usage of a monitoring key; wherein the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by any of the PSAs;
    其中,所述任一PSA为所述第一PSA或者所述第二PSA。Wherein any one of the PSAs is the first PSA or the second PSA.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,所述会话管理网元还包括:The session management network element according to claim 28, wherein the session management network element further comprises:
    所述会话管理网元向所述策略控制网元发送所述任一PSA的标识。The session management network element sends the identifier of any one of the PSAs to the policy control network element.
  30. 根据权利要求23、28、29所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,A session management network element according to claims 23, 28, 29, characterized in that
    所述剩余的用量阈值为所述会话管理网元从所述策略管理网元接收到的所述第一monitoring key对应的用量阈值中还没有分配给URR的用量阈值。The remaining usage threshold is a usage threshold that is not allocated to the URR in the usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key received by the session management network element from the policy management network element.
  31. 一种策略控制网元,所述策略控制网元确定一个协议数据单元PDU会话包括第一PDU会话锚点PSA和第二PSA,所述策略控制网元确定所述第一PSA上执行第一监控键monitoring key对应的第一用量监控实例的用量监控;其特征在于,所述策略控制网元还包括:A policy control network element, wherein the policy control network element determines that a protocol data unit PDU session includes a first PDU session anchor point PSA and a second PSA, and the policy control network element determines that the first monitoring is performed on the first PSA The usage monitoring of the first usage monitoring instance corresponding to the key monitoring key is characterized in that the policy control network element further includes:
    确定单元,用于确定在所述第二PSA上执行对所述第一用量监控实例的用量监控;a determining unit, configured to perform performing usage monitoring on the first usage monitoring instance on the second PSA;
    发送单元,用于向会话管理网元发送策略控制信息;其中,所述策略控制信息包括策略计费控制PCC规则;所述PCC规则携带所述第一monitoring key,以及用于指示在所述第二PSA上执行所述PCC规则对应的策略的信息。a sending unit, configured to send policy control information to the session management network element, where the policy control information includes a policy charging control PCC rule; the PCC rule carries the first monitoring key, and is used to indicate that the The information of the policy corresponding to the PCC rule is executed on the second PSA.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的策略控制网元,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括:所述第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值和第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一用量阈值不用于覆盖所述策略控制网元之前向所述会话管理网元提供的所述第一monitoring key的用量阈值。The policy control network element according to claim 31, wherein the policy control information further includes: a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate the The first usage threshold is not used to cover the usage threshold of the first monitoring key provided to the session management network element before the policy control network element.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的策略控制网元,其特征在于,The policy control network element according to claim 32, wherein
    所述第一用量阈值根据用户签约的所述第一用量监控实例的用量限额、所述第一用量监控实例的累计用量和所述策略控制网元已下发的所述第一monitoring key的用量阈值确定。The first usage threshold is based on the usage quota of the first usage monitoring instance signed by the user, the cumulative usage of the first usage monitoring instance, and the usage of the first monitoring key that has been delivered by the policy control network element. The threshold is determined.
  34. 根据权利要求31所述的策略控制网元,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括所述第二monitoring key的第二用量阈值;所述策略控制网元还包括:The policy control network element according to claim 31, wherein the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the second monitoring key; the policy control network element further includes:
    接收单元,用于在所述发送单元向所述会话管理网元发送策略控制信息之前,接收所述会话管理网元发送的消息,其中,所述消息携带新增所述第二PSA的指示和所述第一monitoring key的累计用量的信息,其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述第一PSA报告的URR的累计用量。a receiving unit, configured to receive, after the sending unit sends the policy control information to the session management network element, the message sent by the session management network element, where the message carries an indication that the second PSA is added The information about the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key, wherein the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by the first PSA.
  35. 根据权利要求31-33任一项所述的策略控制网元,其特征在于,所述策略控制网元还包括:The policy control network element according to any one of claims 31 to 33, wherein the policy control network element further comprises:
    接收单元,用于在所述发送单元向所述会话管理网元发送策略控制信息之后,接收所述会话管理网元报告的所述第一monitoring key的累计用量,其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;a receiving unit, configured to receive, after the sending unit sends the policy control information to the session management network element, a cumulative usage of the first monitoring key reported by the session management network element, where the first monitoring key The cumulative usage includes the cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the PDU session;
    其中,所述任一PSA为所述第一PSA或所述第二PSA。Wherein any one of the PSAs is the first PSA or the second PSA.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的策略控制网元,其特征在于,The policy control network element according to claim 35, wherein
    所述接收单元,还用于接收所述任一PSA的标识。The receiving unit is further configured to receive an identifier of any one of the PSAs.
  37. 一种策略控制方法,会话管理网元管理的一个协议数据单元PDU会话包括第一PDU会话锚点PSA和第二PSA,所述会话管理网元向所述第一PSA发送第一监控键monitoring key对应的第一用量报告规则URR,所述第一monitoring key对应会话级用量监控实例;其特征在于,所述方法包括:A policy control method, a protocol data unit PDU session managed by a session management network element includes a first PDU session anchor PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element sends a first monitoring key to the first PSA. Corresponding first usage report rule URR, the first monitoring key corresponds to a session level usage monitoring instance; and the method includes:
    所述会话管理网元接收来自策略控制网元的策略控制信息;其中,所述策略控制信息用于指示在所述第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于指示在所述PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控;The session management network element receives policy control information from a policy control network element, where the policy control information is used to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA, or is used to indicate that the PDU session is included in the PDU session. Perform session level usage monitoring on all PSAs;
    所述会话管理网元向所述第二PSA发送所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR,其中,所述第二URR与所述第二PSA执行的至少一个分组检测规则PDR关联,每个所述PDR匹配的业务数据包括在所述会话级用量监控中。Transmitting, by the session management network element, a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, where the second URR is associated with at least one packet detection rule PDR performed by the second PSA, each The PDR matched service data is included in the session level usage monitoring.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括:所述第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值和第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一用量阈值不用于覆盖所述会话管理网元之前接收到的所述第一monitoring key的用量阈值;The method according to claim 37, wherein the policy control information further comprises: a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first indication, the first indication being used to indicate the first usage The threshold is not used to cover the usage threshold of the first monitoring key received before the session management network element;
    在所述会话管理网元向所述第二PSA发送所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,所述方法还包括:所述会话管理网元根据所述第一用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。Before the session management network element sends the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, the method further includes: determining, by the session management network element, the first quantity according to the first usage threshold The usage threshold of the two URR.
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述会话管理网元向所述第二PSA发送所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 37, wherein before the session management network element sends the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, the method further includes:
    所述会话管理网元向所述第一PSA请求上报所述第一URR的累计用量;The session management network element requests the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR;
    所述会话管理网元接收所述第一PSA报告的所述第一URR的累计用量;Receiving, by the session management network element, a cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA;
    所述会话管理网元根据所述第一URR的累计用量,确定可用的用量阈值;The session management network element determines an available usage threshold according to the cumulative usage of the first URR;
    所述会话管理网元根据所述可用的用量阈值,确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。The session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the available usage threshold.
  40. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述会话管理网元向所述第二PSA发送所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 37, wherein before the session management network element sends the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, the method further includes:
    所述会话管理网元判断是否有所述第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值;The session management network element determines whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key;
    在存在所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,所述会话管理网元根据所述剩余的用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值;或者;The session management network element determines the usage threshold of the second URR according to the remaining usage threshold, in the case that the remaining usage threshold is present; or
    在没有所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,所述会话管理网元向所述第一PSA请求上报所述第一URR的累计用量;所述会话管理网元接收所述第一PSA报告的所述第一URR的累计用量;所述会话管理网元根据所述第一URR的累计用量,确定可用的用量阈值,并根据所述可用的用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。The session management network element requests the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR in the absence of the remaining usage threshold; the session management network element receives the first PSA report The cumulative usage of the first URR; the session management network element determines an available usage threshold according to the cumulative usage of the first URR, and determines a usage threshold of the second URR according to the available usage threshold.
  41. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括所述第一monitoring key的第二用量阈值;在所述会话管理网元向所述第二PSA发送所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 37, wherein the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the first monitoring key; and the first session is sent by the session management network element to the second PSA Before the second URR corresponding to the monitoring key, the method further includes:
    所述会话管理网元根据所述第二用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。The session management network element determines a usage threshold of the second URR according to the second usage threshold.
  42. 根据权利要求37-39、41任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述会话管理网元向所述第二PSA发送所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 37-39, 41, wherein after the session management network element sends the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, the method further include:
    所述会话管理网元接收所述PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量,所述会话管理网元向所述策略控制网元上报所述第一monitoring key的累计用量;其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;或者,The session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the PDU session, and the session management network element reports the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element; The cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by any of the PSAs; or
    所述会话管理网元接收所述PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量,所述会话管理网元判断是否有所述第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值;在存在所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,所述会话管理网元根据所述剩余的用量阈值更新所述任一PSA报告的URR的用量阈值;在没有所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,所述会话管理网元向所述策略控制网元报告所述第一monitoring key的累计用量;其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;The session management network element receives the cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the PDU session, and the session management network element determines whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key; In the case of the usage threshold, the session management network element updates the usage threshold of the URR reported by any of the PSAs according to the remaining usage threshold; in the absence of the remaining usage threshold, the session management network Generating, to the policy control network element, the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key; wherein the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by any one of the PSAs;
    其中,所述任一PSA为所述第一PSA或者所述第二PSA。Wherein any one of the PSAs is the first PSA or the second PSA.
  43. 一种策略控制方法,策略控制网元确定一个协议数据单元PDU会话包括第一PDU会话锚点PSA和第二PSA,所述策略控制网元确定所述第一PSA上执行第一监控键monitoring key对应的会话级用量监控实例的用量监控;其特征在于,所述方法包括:A policy control method, the policy control network element determines that a protocol data unit PDU session includes a first PDU session anchor PSA and a second PSA, and the policy control network element determines that the first monitoring key is performed on the first PSA. The usage monitoring of the corresponding session-level usage monitoring instance; the method includes:
    所述策略控制网元确定在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控;The policy control network element determines to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA;
    所述策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送策略控制信息;其中,所述策略控制信息用于指示在所述第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于指示在所述PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控。The policy control network element sends policy control information to the session management network element, where the policy control information is used to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA, or is used to indicate that the PDU session is included in the PDU session. Session level usage monitoring is performed on all PSAs.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括:所述第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值和第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一用量阈值不用于覆盖所述策略控制网元之前向所述会话管理网元提供的所述第一monitoring key的用量阈值。The method according to claim 43, wherein the policy control information further comprises: a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first indication, the first indication being used to indicate the first usage The threshold is not used to cover the usage threshold of the first monitoring key provided to the session management network element before the policy control network element.
  45. 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括所述第二monitoring key的第二用量阈值;在所述策略控制网元向所述会话管理网元发送策略控制信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 43, wherein the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the second monitoring key; and the policy control network element sends policy control information to the session management network element Previously, the method further includes:
    所述策略控制网元接收所述会话管理网元发送的消息,其中,所述消息携带新增所述第二PSA的指示和所述第一monitoring key的累计用量的信息,其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述第一PSA报告的URR的累计用量。The policy control network element receives the message sent by the session management network element, where the message carries information that adds the indication of the second PSA and the accumulated usage of the first monitoring key, where the The cumulative usage of a monitoring key includes the cumulative amount of URR reported by the first PSA.
  46. 一种会话管理网元,所述会话管理网元管理的一个协议数据单元PDU会话包括第一PDU会话锚点PSA和第二PSA,所述会话管理网元向所述第一PSA发送第一监控键monitoring key对应的第一用量报告规则URR,所述第一monitoring key对应会话级用量监控实例;其特征在于,所述会话管理网元包括:A session management network element, the protocol data unit PDU session managed by the session management network element includes a first PDU session anchor point PSA and a second PSA, and the session management network element sends a first monitoring to the first PSA The first usage-receiving rule is associated with the UAR, and the first monitoring key corresponds to the session-level usage monitoring instance. The session management network element includes:
    接收单元,用于接收来自策略控制网元的策略控制信息;其中,所述策略控制信息用于指示在所述第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于指示在所述PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控;a receiving unit, configured to receive policy control information from a policy control network element, where the policy control information is used to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA, or is used to indicate that the PDU session is included in the PDU session Perform session level usage monitoring on all PSAs;
    发送单元,用于向所述第二PSA发送所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR,其中,所述第二URR与所述第二PSA执行的至少一个分组检测规则PDR关联,每个所述PDR匹配的业务数据包括在所述会话级用量监控中。a sending unit, configured to send, to the second PSA, a second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key, where the second URR is associated with at least one packet detection rule PDR performed by the second PSA, where each The service data of the PDR matching is included in the session level usage monitoring.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括:所述第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值和第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一用量阈值不用于覆盖所述会话管理网元之前接收到的所述第一monitoring key的用量阈值;The session management network element according to claim 46, wherein the policy control information further includes: a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first indication, the first indication being used to indicate the The first usage threshold is not used to cover the usage threshold of the first monitoring key received before the session management network element;
    所述会话管理网元还包括:The session management network element further includes:
    确定单元,用于在所述发送单元向所述第二PSA发送所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,根据所述第一用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the first usage threshold, a usage threshold of the second URR before the sending unit sends the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA.
  48. 根据权利要求46所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,所述会话管理网元还包括:The session management network element according to claim 46, wherein the session management network element further comprises:
    确定单元,用于在所述发送单元向所述第二PSA发送所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,通过所述发送单元向所述第一PSA请求上报所述第一URR的累计用量;通过所述接收单元接收所述第一PSA报告的所述第一URR的累计用量;根据所述第一URR的累计用量,确定可用的用量阈值;根据所述可用的用量阈值,确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。a determining unit, configured to report, by the sending unit, the first PAR to the first PAR by using the sending unit to send the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA. Receiving, by the receiving unit, the cumulative usage of the first URR reported by the first PSA; determining an available usage threshold according to the cumulative usage of the first URR; determining the location according to the available usage threshold The usage threshold of the second URR is described.
  49. 根据权利要求46所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,所述会话管理网元还包括:The session management network element according to claim 46, wherein the session management network element further comprises:
    确定单元,用于在所述发送单元向所述第二PSA发送所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,判断是否有所述第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值;在存在所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,根据所述剩余的用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值;或者;a determining unit, configured to determine whether there is a remaining usage threshold corresponding to the first monitoring key before the sending unit sends the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA; In the case of the remaining usage threshold, determining the usage threshold of the second URR according to the remaining usage threshold; or
    在没有所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,通过所述发送单元向所述第一PSA请求上报所述第一URR的累计用量;通过所述接收单元接收所述第一PSA报告的所述第一URR的累计用量; 根据所述第一URR的累计用量,确定可用的用量阈值,并根据所述可用的用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。In the case that the remaining usage threshold is not available, the sending unit requests the first PSA to report the cumulative usage of the first URR; and the receiving unit receives the first report of the first PSA report. The cumulative usage of a URR; determining an available usage threshold based on the cumulative usage of the first URR, and determining a usage threshold of the second URR based on the available usage threshold.
  50. 根据权利要求46所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括所述第一monitoring key的第二用量阈值;所述会话管理网元还包括:The session management network element according to claim 46, wherein the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the first monitoring key; the session management network element further includes:
    确定单元,用于在所述发送单元向所述第二PSA发送所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之前,根据所述第二用量阈值确定所述第二URR的用量阈值。a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the second usage threshold, a usage threshold of the second URR before the sending unit sends the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA.
  51. 根据权利要求46-48、50任一项所述的会话管理网元,其特征在于,A session management network element according to any one of claims 46-48, 50, wherein
    所述接收单元,还用于在所述发送单元向所述第二PSA发送所述第一monitoring key对应的第二URR之后,接收所述PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;所述发送单元,还用于向所述策略控制网元上报所述第一monitoring key的累计用量;其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;或者,The receiving unit is further configured to: after the sending unit sends the second URR corresponding to the first monitoring key to the second PSA, receive a cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the PDU session; The sending unit is further configured to report the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element, where the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by any one of the PSAs; or,
    所述接收单元还用于接收所述PDU会话包括的任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量,所述会话管理网元还包括:确定单元,用于判断是否有所述第一monitoring key对应的剩余的用量阈值;在存在所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,根据所述剩余的用量阈值更新所述任一PSA报告的URR的用量阈值;在没有所述剩余的用量阈值的情况下,通过所述发送单元元向所述策略控制网元报告所述第一monitoring key的累计用量;其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述任一PSA报告的URR的累计用量;The receiving unit is further configured to receive a cumulative usage of the URR of any PSA report included in the PDU session, where the session management network element further includes: a determining unit, configured to determine whether there is a remaining corresponding to the first monitoring key The usage threshold of the URR reported by any of the PSAs according to the remaining usage threshold in the presence of the remaining usage threshold; in the absence of the remaining usage threshold, The sending unit sends the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key to the policy control network element; wherein the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by any one of the PSAs;
    其中,所述任一PSA为所述第一PSA或者所述第二PSA。Wherein any one of the PSAs is the first PSA or the second PSA.
  52. 一种策略控制网元,所述策略控制网元确定一个协议数据单元PDU会话包括第一PDU会话锚点PSA和第二PSA,所述策略控制网元确定所述第一PSA上执行第一监控键monitoring key对应的会话级用量监控实例的用量监控;其特征在于,所述策略控制网元还包括:A policy control network element, wherein the policy control network element determines that a protocol data unit PDU session includes a first PDU session anchor point PSA and a second PSA, and the policy control network element determines that the first monitoring is performed on the first PSA The usage monitoring of the session-level usage monitoring instance corresponding to the key monitoring key; the policy control network element further includes:
    确定单元,用于确定在第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控;a determining unit, configured to determine to perform session level usage monitoring on the second PSA;
    发送单元,用于向会话管理网元发送策略控制信息;其中,所述策略控制信息用于指示在所述第二PSA上执行会话级用量监控,或者用于指示在所述PDU会话包括的所有PSA上执行会话级用量监控。a sending unit, configured to send policy control information to the session management network element, where the policy control information is used to indicate that session level usage monitoring is performed on the second PSA, or is used to indicate all included in the PDU session Session-level usage monitoring is performed on the PSA.
  53. 根据权利要求43所述的策略控制网元,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括:所述第一monitoring key的第一用量阈值和第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一用量阈值不用于覆盖所述策略控制网元之前向所述会话管理网元提供的所述第一monitoring key的用量阈值。The policy control network element according to claim 43, wherein the policy control information further includes: a first usage threshold of the first monitoring key and a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate the The first usage threshold is not used to cover the usage threshold of the first monitoring key provided to the session management network element before the policy control network element.
  54. 根据权利要求43所述的策略控制网元,其特征在于,所述策略控制信息还包括所述第二monitoring key的第二用量阈值;所述策略控制网元还包括:The policy control network element according to claim 43, wherein the policy control information further includes a second usage threshold of the second monitoring key; the policy control network element further includes:
    接收单元,用于在所述发送单元向所述会话管理网元发送策略控制信息之前,接收所述会话管理网元发送的消息,其中,所述消息携带新增所述第二PSA的指示和所述第一monitoring key的累计用量的信息,其中,所述第一monitoring key的累计用量包括所述第一PSA报告的URR的累计用量。a receiving unit, configured to receive, after the sending unit sends the policy control information to the session management network element, the message sent by the session management network element, where the message carries an indication that the second PSA is added The information about the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key, wherein the cumulative usage of the first monitoring key includes the cumulative usage of the URR reported by the first PSA.
  55. 一种会话管理网元,其特征在于,包括存储器以及与该存储器耦合的处理器;A session management network element, comprising: a memory and a processor coupled to the memory;
    所述存储器中保存有程序指令,当所述处理器执行所述程序指令时,使得所述会话管理网元执行上述权利要求1-12或者37-42任一所述的方法。The memory stores program instructions, and when the processor executes the program instructions, causes the session management network element to perform the method of any of the preceding claims 1-12 or 37-42.
  56. 一种策略控制网元,其特征在于,包括存储器以及与该存储器耦合的处理器;A policy control network element, comprising: a memory and a processor coupled to the memory;
    所述存储器中保存有程序指令,当所述处理器执行所述程序指令时,使得所述策略控制 网元执行上述权利要求13-18或者43-45任一所述的方法。The memory stores program instructions, and when the processor executes the program instructions, causes the policy control network element to perform the method of any of the preceding claims 13-18 or 43-45.
  57. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-12,13-18,37-42或者43-45任意一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium, comprising instructions for causing a computer to perform the method of any of claims 1-12, 13-18, 37-42 or 43-45 when run on a computer.
  58. 一种策略控制系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求19-30任一所述的会话管理网元以及权利要求31-36任一所述的策略控制网元。A policy control system, comprising the session management network element according to any one of claims 19-30, and the policy control network element according to any one of claims 31-36.
  59. 一种策略控制系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求46-51任一所述的会话管理网元以及权利要求52-54任一所述的策略控制网元。A policy control system, comprising the session management network element according to any one of claims 46-51 and the policy control network element according to any one of claims 52-54.
PCT/CN2019/074804 2018-02-13 2019-02-11 Policy control method, equipment and system WO2019158033A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810150431.4A CN110149603B (en) 2018-02-13 2018-02-13 Policy control method, device and system
CN201810150431.4 2018-02-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019158033A1 true WO2019158033A1 (en) 2019-08-22

Family

ID=67588146

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/074804 WO2019158033A1 (en) 2018-02-13 2019-02-11 Policy control method, equipment and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110149603B (en)
WO (1) WO2019158033A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4262273A4 (en) * 2021-02-09 2024-03-20 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Device and method for recovering lost information in wireless communication system

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112449358B (en) * 2019-08-30 2022-05-24 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for counting service flow
CN113365285A (en) * 2020-03-03 2021-09-07 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for determining policy control network element
CN113382375B (en) * 2020-03-09 2022-10-25 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, device and system
CN113747483B (en) * 2020-05-29 2023-07-07 华为技术有限公司 User quantity statistics method, device and system for service flow
CN115486032B (en) * 2020-06-24 2024-04-26 华为技术有限公司 Efficient predefined policy and charging control, PCC, instruction handling mechanism for communication systems

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102883342A (en) * 2011-07-11 2013-01-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Usage monitoring method and system
WO2018006017A1 (en) * 2016-07-01 2018-01-04 Idac Holdings, Inc. Methods for supporting session continuity on per-session basis

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8514793B2 (en) * 2008-10-31 2013-08-20 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for monitoring and processing component carriers
CN102104859A (en) * 2009-12-21 2011-06-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Offline accounting method and system
US10009751B2 (en) * 2015-12-28 2018-06-26 Cisco Technology, Inc. Virtual mobility anchor for network sharing
CN107580371A (en) * 2016-07-04 2018-01-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Information, data transmission method for uplink and device, access network and system

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102883342A (en) * 2011-07-11 2013-01-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Usage monitoring method and system
WO2018006017A1 (en) * 2016-07-01 2018-01-04 Idac Holdings, Inc. Methods for supporting session continuity on per-session basis

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Procedures for the 5G System; Stage 2 (Release 15)", 3GPP TS 23. 502 V15. 0. 0, 22 December 2017 (2017-12-22), pages 1 - 258, XP055624857 *
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; System Architecture for the 5G System; Stage 2 (Release 15)", 3GPP TS 23. 501 V15. 0. 0, 22 December 2017 (2017-12-22), XP055625589 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4262273A4 (en) * 2021-02-09 2024-03-20 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Device and method for recovering lost information in wireless communication system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110149603B (en) 2020-07-07
CN110149603A (en) 2019-08-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019158033A1 (en) Policy control method, equipment and system
US20200366567A1 (en) Method, Device and System for Ensuring Service Level Agreement of Application
US11445569B2 (en) Session establishment method and system, and device
JP6821061B2 (en) Policy control methods, network elements, and systems
US11582350B2 (en) Policy charging control and session management interaction method, apparatus, and system
US20210345174A1 (en) Method, apparatus, and system for reporting data usage
WO2019223702A1 (en) Pdu session management method, apparatus and system
WO2020238292A1 (en) Method for determining service transmission requirement, apparatus, and system
WO2021196031A1 (en) Positioning request processing method, device and system
WO2018121178A1 (en) Resource adjustment method, device and system
WO2021032100A1 (en) Network element allocation method and apparatus
WO2019158032A1 (en) Policy control method, device and system
WO2020187324A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20220417366A1 (en) Charging method and apparatus
WO2020249032A1 (en) Communication method and device
CN106465387B (en) Discovery of multi-hop capabilities and routing on a per link basis
WO2021146926A1 (en) Data transmission method, device, and system
WO2017000478A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting service data with microwave link
WO2018223304A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting data
WO2021233063A1 (en) Method and apparatus for policy control
WO2021008263A1 (en) Data transmission method, device and system
WO2020221300A1 (en) Protocol data unit session processing method and apparatus, and electronic device
WO2016192011A1 (en) Congestion control method and network element device
WO2020192263A1 (en) Charging rule binding method, device and system
WO2021046746A1 (en) Method, device and system for reporting session management information

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19754317

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19754317

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1